Qabasat banan tantawi

Page 1

‫ﺒﺴﻡ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺭﺤﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﺤﻴﻡ‬

‫ﻗﺒﺴﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻬﻴﺩﺓ ﺒﻨﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻁﻨﻁﺎﻭﻱ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‪ :‬ﺠﻤﺎﺩﻯ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ‪١٤٠٦‬ﻫ ﻭﺸﺒﺎﻁ‪ /‬ﻓﺒﺭﺍﻴﺭ ‪١٩٨٦‬ﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻹﺴﻼﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﻺﻋﻼﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﺫﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﻌﺩﺓ ‪١٤٢٩‬ﻫـ ﻭﺘﺸﺭﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻲ‪ /‬ﻨﻭﻓﻤﺒﺭ ‪٢٠٠٨‬ﻡ‬ ‫ﻤﻭﻗﻊ ﻋﺼﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻁﺎﺭ‬ ‫‪www.issamelattar.net‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻬﻴﺩﺓ ﺒﻨﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻁﻨﻁﺎﻭﻱ‬ ‫‪١٤٠١-١٣٦٢‬ﻫ‬ ‫‪١٩٨١-١٩٤٣‬ﻡ‬

‫‪١‬‬


‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻭﻯ‬ ‫ﻤﻘﺩّﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺸﺭ‬

‫ﺘﻤﻬﻴﺩ‬

‫ﺍﻗﺭﺃ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺁﻥ ﻜﺄﻨﹼﻤﺎ ﻨﺯل ﻋﻠﻴﻙ ‪ -‬ﺍﻷﺼﺎﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩﻴّﺔ – ﺸﻬﻴﺩ ‪ -‬ﻻ ﻴﻐﻠﺒﻨﹼﻙ ﺍﻟﺸﹼﻴﻁﺎﻥ – ﺍﺴﺘﻐﻔﺎﺭ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻬ ّﻡ ﺇﻨﹼﻲ ﺃﻋﻭﺫ ﺒﻙ ‪ -‬ﻭﻟﻭ‬

‫ﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﹼﻔﻭﺱ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺃﻫل ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻡ ﺼﺎﻨﻭﻩ ﺼﺎﻨﻬﻡ ‪ -‬ﻁﻌﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺤﺩ ﻴﻜﻔﻲ ﺍﻻﺜﻨﻴﻥ ‪ -‬ﻓﻠﻨﺘﻌﻠﹼﻡ ﻤﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺩّﺭﺱ ‪ -‬ﺃﻭﻟﺌﻙ ﺁﺒﺎﺅﻨﺎ ‪ -‬ﺇﻥ ﻤﻠﻜ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺃّ‬ ‫ﻼ ﻭﺍﷲ‬ ‫‪ -‬ﻓﻠﻴﻘﺭﺃ ﺤﻜﹼﺎﻤﻨﺎ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺏ ﻻ ﺘﺴﺘﺨﺫﻱ ‪ -‬ﻫﻜﺫﺍ ﺒﺩﺃ ﺍﻟﻅﹼﻠﻡ ﻗﻠﻴﻼ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻭﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﺎﺕ ﺒﻌﻀﻬﻡ ﺃﻭﻟﻴﺎﺀ ﺒﻌﺽ ‪ -‬ﻜ ﹼ‬

‫ﻁﻤﻭﺍ ﺍﻷﺼﻨﺎﻡ ‪ -‬ﻻ ﺘﻜﻭﻨﻭﺍ ﺴﻴﻑ ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺴﻤﺎﻟﻴّﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺸﹼﻴﻭﻋﻴّﺔ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻐﺔ‬ ‫ﻻ ﻴﺨﺯﻴﻙ ﺍﷲ ﺃﺒﺩﺍ ‪ -‬ﻤﻥ ﻭﻟﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻐﺭﺒﺔ‪ ..‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻤّﻪ ‪ -‬ﺤ ﹼ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴّﺔ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﻠﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺒﺘﻭﻥ ‪-‬ﻜﺭﺍﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﹼﻬﻴﺩ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺩّﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻴﺔ ﺃﻤل ‪ -‬ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﻓﻴﻪ ‪ -‬ﺃﺩﻤﻊ ﺍﻷ ّﻡ ‪ -‬ﻨﻤﻀﻲ‬

‫ﻤﻊ ﺍﷲ ‪ -‬ﻤﻥ ﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺘﻌﺯﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃ ّﻡ ‪ -‬ﻓﻲ ﺴﺒﻴل ﺍﷲ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻀﻌﻔﻴﻥ ‪ -‬ﻟﻘﺩ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻟﻜﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺴﻭل ﺍﷲ ﺃﺴﻭﺓ ﺤﺴﻨﺔ ‪ -‬ﻻ ﻨﺎﻤﺕ‬ ‫ﺃﻋﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺒﻨﺎﺀ ‪ -‬ﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺩّﻴﺎﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﹼﺴﻙ ‪ -‬ﺩﻴﻥ ﺴﻭﺀ ﻴﺩﻭﺭ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺩّﻭل ‪ -‬ﺫ ّل ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺼﻴّﺔ ﻭﻋ ّﺯ ﺍﻟﻁﹼﺎﻋﺔ ‪ -‬ﻤﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﻨﺎ ﻨﻜﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺕ‬ ‫‪ -‬ﺨﻁﺒﺔ ﻟﻌﻤﺭ ﺒﻥ ﻋﺒﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺯﻴﺯ ‪ -‬ﻟﻤﺜل ﻫﺫﺍ ﻴﺫﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺏ ﻤﻥ ﻜﻤﺩ ‪ -‬ﻓﺎﺴﺘﻘﻡ ﻜﻤﺎ ﺃﻤﺭﺕ ‪ -‬ﻗل ﺁﻤﻨﺕ ﺒﺎﷲ ﺜ ّﻡ ﺍﺴﺘﻘﻡ ‪ -‬ﻻ‬

‫ﻤﺴﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻤﺭ ﺍﻹﺴﻼﻡ ‪ -‬ﺭﺠﺎل ﻜﺄﺒﻲ ﻋﺒﻴﺩﺓ ﻭﺴﺎﻟﻡ ‪ -‬ﺼﺩﻕ ﺍﻟﻴﻘﻴﻥ ‪ -‬ﺃﻴﻥ ﻤﻥ ﻴﻌﺘﺒﺭ ‪ -‬ﺭﺒﺢ ﺍﻵﺨﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺩّﻨﻴﺎ ‪ -‬ﺃﻀﺤﻜﻨﻲ‬

‫ﻭﺃﺒﻜﺎﻨﻲ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺨﻭﻑ ﻤﻥ ﺍﷲ ‪ -‬ﻤﻥ ﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺎل ‪ -‬ﺸ ّﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﹼﺎﺱ ‪ -‬ﺜﻼﺙ ﺨﺼﺎل ‪ -‬ﻤﻥ ﺃﻤﺜﺎل ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺏ ‪ -‬ﻫﻜﺫﺍ ﻓﻠﻴﻜﻥ ﺸﺒﺎﺏ‬

‫ﻕ ‪ -‬ﺃﻭّل‬ ‫ﺍﻹﺴﻼﻡ ‪ -‬ﺃﻴﻥ ﻫﺅﻻﺀ ﺍﻵﻥ؟ ‪ -‬ﺒﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﹼﻜﺒﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﺍﺴﺘﺠﺎﺒﻭﺍ ﷲ ﻭﺍﻟﺭّﺴﻭل ‪ -‬ﺩﺭﺱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺜﹼﺒﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤ ﹼ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺤﻜﹼﺎﻤﻨﺎ ﻻ ﻴﺴﺘﺤﻭﻥ ‪ -‬ﻫل‬ ‫ﻲ ﺭﻀﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ‪ -‬ﻜ ّل ﻭﺍﺤﺩﺓ ﺨﻴﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻟﻑ ‪ -‬ﻭﻟﻜ ّ‬ ‫ﺤﻜﹶﻡ ﻟﻌﻠ ّ‬ ‫ﺨﻁﺒﺔ ﻷﺒﻲ ﺒﻜﺭ ﺒﻌﺩ ﻭﻻﻴﺘﻪ ‪ِ -‬‬ ‫ﻕ‪-‬‬ ‫ﻴﻨﺘﻔﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﹼﺎﻡ ﺒﻬﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ؟! ‪ -‬ﺫﻭ ﺍﻟﻭﺠﻬﻴﻥ ﻻ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺠﻴﻬﺎ ‪ -‬ﺸ ّﺭ ﺍﻟﺜﹼﻼﺜﺔ ‪ -‬ﻟﻌ ّل ﺍﻟﺜﹼﻌﻠﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺸﻲﺀ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺤ ﹼ‬

‫ﻻ ﺼﺤﺒﺘﻨﻲ ﻤﻬﺠﺔ ﺘﻘﺒل ﺍﻟﻅﹼﻠﻡ ‪ -‬ﻤﻥ ﺃﺨﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺏ "ﺍﻷﺼﻼﺀ" ‪ -‬ﺁﻴﺎﺕ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺭﻴﻡ ﺠﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﻤﺠﺭﻯ ﺍﻷﻤﺜﺎل ‪ -‬ﺇ ﹼﻻ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻤﻌﻨﺎ ‪ -‬ﻋﺎﻗﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺼّﺩﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﺼّﺒﺭ ‪ -‬ﻤﻥ ﻭﺼﻴّﺔ ﺃﺒﻲ‬ ‫ﺘﻨﺼﺭﻭﻩ ﻓﻘﺩ ﻨﺼﺭﻩ ﺍﷲ ‪ -‬ﻤﺎ ﻅﻨﹼﻙ ﺒﺎﺜﻨﻴﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺜﺎﻟﺜﻬﻤﺎ ‪ -‬ﻻ ﺘﺤﺯﻥ ﺇ ّ‬

‫ﺒﻜﺭ ﻟﺠﻴﺵ ﺃﺴﺎﻤﺔ ﺒﻥ ﺯﻴﺩ ‪ -‬ﻋﻤﺭ ﻭﺭﺴﻭل ﻜﺴﺭﻯ ‪ -‬ﺒﺩﺀ ﻭﻗﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻥ ﻭﻜﻴﻑ ﺘﻌﻤل ﻋﻤﻠﻬﺎ ‪ -‬ﺃﻴﻥ ﻫﺅﻻﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ؟ ‪-‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺭّﺍﻋﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺫﹼﺌﺏ ‪ -‬ﻜ ّل ﺇﻨﺎﺀ ﻴﻨﻀﺢ ﺒﻤﺎ ﻓﻴﻪ ‪ -‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺒﺼﻴﺭﺓ ‪ -‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺒﻴّﻨﺔ ‪ -‬ﺴﻭ ّﻴ ﹰﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺼﺭﺍﻁ ﻤﺴﺘﻘﻴﻡ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ ﺴﺒﻴل ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺭ‬

‫ﻲ ﺭﻀﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‬ ‫ﺤﻜﹶﻡ ﻟﻌﻠ ّ‬ ‫ ﺃﺤﺴﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﺃﺨﻠﺼﻪ ﻭﺃﺼﻭﺒﻪ ‪ -‬ﻋﻬﺩ ﺃﺒﻲ ﺒﻜﺭ ﺒﺎﻟﺨﻼﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﻤﺭ ‪ -‬ﺼﻼﺡ ﺍﻟﺩّﻴﻥ ﻭﻓﺴﺎﺩﻩ ‪ِ -‬‬‫‪ -‬ﻤﻌﺠﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﺭّﺴﻭل‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺭﻴﻡ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺭﻴﻡ ‪ -‬ﻤﺎ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻐﻀﺏ ﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻐﻀﺏ ﻟﻠﺩﻨﻴﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﹼﻔﺱ ‪ -‬ﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺩﺍ!!‬

‫‪٢‬‬


‫ﻤﻘﺩﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺸﺭ‬ ‫ﻫﺫﺍ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻷﻭّل ﻤﻥ "ﻗﺒﺴﺎﺕ" ﺍﻷﺨﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﻴﺩﺓ‪ :‬ﺒﻨﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻁﻨﻁﺎﻭﻱ ‪-‬ﺭﺤﻤﻬﺎ ﺍﷲ ﺘﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻨﺸﺭﺘﹾﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﺕ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺼﺎﺩﺭﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﺒل ﺍﺴﺘﺸﻬﺎﺩﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ‪١٩٨١/٣/١٧‬ﻡ‬ ‫ﻋﱠﻠ َﻤ ﹾ‬ ‫ﻓﻲ "ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺌﺩ"‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﻋ ﱠﺩﺘﹾﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﻨﺸﺭ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ َ‬ ‫ﻕ ﺍﻟﺩّﻻﻟﺔ‬ ‫ﻥ ﻗﺒﺴﺎﺕ "ﺃﻡ ﺃﻴﻤﻥ" ﹶﺘ ُﺩلﱡ ﺃﺼﺩ ﹶ‬ ‫ﻼ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺜﻘﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﻭﻤﻴﻭﻟﻪ ﻭﻋﻘﻠﻪ ﻭﺫﻭﻗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈ ّ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺩﻟﻴ ﹰ‬ ‫ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﺨﺘﻴﺎ ُﺭ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎ ﹺ‬

‫ﺸﻜﱢل ﻤﺭﺠﻌﹰﺎ ﺃﺴﺎﺴ ّﻴﹰﺎ ﻻ‬ ‫ﻭﺃﺒﻠﻐﹶﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺜﻘﺎﻓﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﹼﺎﻤﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻤﻴﻭﻟﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺴّﺎﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻘﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﻟ ﱠﻨ ِﻴّﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻭﻗﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺭّﻓﻴﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﹸﺘ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺴ ﹶﺘﻐﹾﻨﻰ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﺸﺨﺼﻴّﺘﻬﺎ ﻭﺁﺭﺍﺌﻬﺎ ﺩﺭﺍﺴ ﹰﺔ ﻨﻔﺴ ّﻴ ﹰﺔ ﻭﻓﻜﺭﻴّﺔ ﻭﺍﺠﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴّﺔ ﻭﺃﺩﺒﻴّﺔ‪ ،‬ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﺍﻟﻨﹼﺼﻭﺹ‬ ‫ُﻴ ْ‬ ‫ﻋﱠﻠ ﹶﻘﺘﹾﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺤ َﻴ ِﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻭﻀﻌﺘﹾﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻟﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ َ‬ ‫ﺴﺘﹾﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻭﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﹼﺎﻁﻘﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻭ ِ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺍﺨﺘﺎﺭﺘﹾﻬﺎ ﻭ ﹶﻗ َﺒ َ‬ ‫ﺒﻌﺽ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬ ‫ﺴ ِﻌﺩُﻫﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻘﺩّﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺍﻟﺩّﺍﺭ ﺍﻹﺴﻼﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﻺﻋﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺘﻭﻟﹼﻰ ﻨﺸﺭ ﺘﺭﺍﺙ ﺍﻷﺨﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﻴﺩﺓ ﺭﺤﻤﻬﺎ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﹶﻟ ُﻴ ْ‬ ‫ﻭﺇ ّ‬ ‫ﻗﺭّﺍﺌﻬﺎ ﻭﺇﻟﻰ ﺴﺎﺌﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻴﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ "ﺍﻟﻘﺒﺴﺎﺕ"‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻲ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺃﻨﺒﻠﻬﺎ ﻭﺃﻤﺘﻌﻬﺎ ﻭﺃﻨﻔﻌﻬﺎ ﻟﻔﻅﹰﺎ‬ ‫ﺴﻬﹺ ُﻡ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫ﺨﻠﹸﻕ‪ ،‬ﺘﹸ ْ‬ ‫ﺤﺘﹶﻭﻯً‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻤﺩﺭﺴﺔ ﺼﻐﻴﺭﺓ ﻟﻁﻴﻔﺔ ﻟﻠﹼﻐﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺫﹼﻭﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺩّﻴﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻘل ﻭﺍﻟ ﹸ‬ ‫ﻏﺔﹰ ﻭ ُﻤ ْ‬ ‫ﻭﺼِﻴﺎ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺘﺭﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﺎﺏ ﺘﺭﺒﻴ ﹰﺔ ﺃﻤﻴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻋﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﻌﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻷُﻤﻭﺭ ﻭﺤَﻤﻴ ِﺩ ﺍﻟﺨِﺼﺎل‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﺸﺨﺼ ّﻴﺘِﻬﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﺄﻫﻴﻠِﻬﻡ‬ ‫ﻼ ﻤﺘﻜﺎﻤﻼﹰ ﻷﺩﺍﺀ ﺩﻭﺭﻫﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺄﻤﻭل‪..‬‬ ‫ﻼ ﺃﺼﻴ ﹰ‬ ‫ﺘﺄﺼﻴ ﹰ‬ ‫ﻲ ُﻤ ﹶﺜﻘﱠﻑ ﺒﺎﺭﻉ ﻤﻤﺘﻊ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻴﺭﺘﺒﻁ ﺒﻭﺍﻗﻌﻨﺎ ﻭﺤﺎﺠﺎﺘﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﻫﻨﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﺴﺎﺕ ﻟﻴﺴﺕ ﻤﺠ ّﺭ َﺩ ﺍﺨﺘﻴﺎ ﹴﺭ ﺫﻜ ﱟ‬ ‫ﻨﻌﻡ‪ ،‬ﺇ ّ‬ ‫ﺕ ﺤ ّﻴ ﹲﺔ ﻨﺎﺒﻀ ﹲﺔ‬ ‫ﻭﺭﺴﺎﻟﺘﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻨﺤﻤﻠﻬﺎ ﻭﻨﺒﻠﹼﻐﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻨﺭﻴﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻨﻨﻬﺽ ﺒﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻓﻀل ﻭﺠﻪ ﻤﻤﻜﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﹼﻬﺎ ﻗﺒﺴﺎ ﹲ‬ ‫ﻤﺅﺜﹼﺭﺓ ﻫﺎﺩﻓﺔ‪ ،‬ﹶﻗﺒَﺴَﺘﹾﻬﺎ ﺃ ﱡﻡ ﺃﻴﻤﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻀﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻀﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﻐﺭﺏ‪ ،‬ﻟﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻨﺎ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺨ ْﻴﺭَﻱﹺ‬ ‫ﺤﺭﱢﻜﹰﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﻫﺩﺍﻑ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻟﻰ ﹶ‬ ‫ﻭﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﻀﺭﻨﺎ ﻭﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻠﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻨﻭﺭﹰﺍ ﻫﺎﺩﻴﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺤﺎﺩﻴﹰﺎ ﺸﺎﺠﹺـﻴﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺤﺎﻓِﺯﹰﺍ ُﻤ َ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺩّﻨﻴﺎ ﻭﺍﻵﺨﺭﺓ‬ ‫ﻱ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺌﻡ ﻟﺭﺴﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻜﺭ ﱡ‬ ‫ﻕ ﺒﺭﺒّﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﻻﺅﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺒ ﱡ‬ ‫ﻱ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩ ﹸ‬ ‫ﺭﺤﻡ ﺍﷲ ﺃ ّﻡ ﺃﻴﻤﻥ‪ ،‬ﻟﻘﺩ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺇﻴﻤﺎﻨﹸﻬﺎ ﺍﻟ ﹶﻨ ِﺩ ﱡ‬

‫ﻥ‬ ‫ﺴ ﹶﺘ ْﻌِﻠ ُ‬ ‫ﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤ ﱡﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﺴﻼﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ‪َ ،‬ﻴ ْ‬ ‫ﻱ ﻭﺍﻹﺭﺍﺩ ﱡ‬ ‫ﻭﺤﺭﺼُﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﻔﻭ ﱡ‬ ‫ل ﻤﺎ ﺃﻨﺠﺯﺘﹾﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺤﺎﻭﻟﺘﹾﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﻤﻭﺭ‬ ‫ل ﻤﺠﺎﻻﺕ ﺤﻴﺎﺘﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻜ ﱢ‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﻜ ﱢ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺩّﺍﺭ ﺍﻹﺴﻼﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﻺﻋﻼﻡ‬

‫ﺕ ﻓﹸﺭﺼ ﹰﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﺭﺍﺀﺓ‪ -‬ﻤﺎ ﺃﺠ ُﺩ ﺤﺎﺠﺔ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻤﺎ ُﺃﻗﹶﺩﱢﺭ ﻓﺎﺌﺩﺘﻪ ﻟﻲ ﻭﻹﺨﻭﺘﻲ ﻭﺃﺨﻭﺍﺘﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻋﻭﺘﻨﺎ‬ ‫ﺃﻗﺭﺃ ‪-‬ﻜﻠﹼﻤﺎ ﻭﺠﺩ ﹸ‬ ‫ﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻜ ِﺔ ﺸﻴﺌﹰﺎ ﻤﻤّﺎ ﺃﺴﺘﻔﻴﺩ‬ ‫ﻭﺠﻬﺎﺩﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺘﺭﻙ ﻓﻲ ﺴﺒﻴل ﺍﷲ‪ ..‬ﻭﻜﻡ ﺘﻤﻨﹼﻴﺕ ﻟﻭ ﺸﺎﺭﻜﻭﻨﻲ ﺒﻌ َ‬ ‫ﺕ ﻤﻨﻭّﻋﺔ ﺃﻗﺩّﻤﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻹﺨﻭﺓ ﻭﺍﻷﺨﻭﺍﺕ ﺁﻤﻠ ﹰﺔ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻟﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﻭﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﻭﺍﻷﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒﻠﺔ ﻤﻥ "ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺌﺩ" ﻗﺒﺴﺎ ﹲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺌﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺠﻭّﺓ ﺇﻥ ﺸﺎﺀ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬

‫ﺘﻤﻬﻴﺩ ﺃ ّﻡ ﺃﻴﻤﻥ ﻟـ "ﻗﺒﺴﺎﺕ" ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﺒﺩﺃ ﻨﺸﺭﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺌﺩ‬

‫‪٣‬‬


‫ﺇﻗﺭﺃ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺁﻥ ﻜﺄﻨﹼﻤﺎ ﻨﺯل ﻋﻠﻴﻙ‬ ‫ﻥ‬ ‫ﺕﺃْ‬ ‫ﺕ ﺘﻌﻤّﺩ ﹸ‬ ‫ﻲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ .‬ﻗﺎل‪" :‬ﻗ ْﺩ ﻜﻨ ﹸ‬ ‫ﺤﻜﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﹼﺎﻋﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺭ ﻤﺤﻤﺩ ﺇﻗﺒﺎل ﻜﻴﻑ ﺒﺩﺃ ﹶﺘ ﹶﻔ ﱡﻬﻤُﻪ ﻟﻠﻘﺭﺁﻥ ﻭﺇﻗﺒﺎﻟﹸﻪ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘ ّ‬

‫ل‬ ‫ل ﻴﻭﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻜﺎﻥ ﺃﺒﻲ ﻴﺭﺍﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺴﺄﻟﻨﻲ ﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﺃﺼﻨﻊ؟ ﻓﺄﺠﻴﺒﻪ‪ :‬ﺃﻗﺭﺃ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺁﻥ‪ .‬ﻭﻅ ّ‬ ‫ﺃﻗﺭﺃ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺁﻥ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺼﻼﺓ ﺍﻟﺼّﺒﺢ ﻜ ّ‬

‫ﺕ ﻴﺴﺄﻟﹸﻨﻲ ﺴﺅﺍﻟﹶﻪ ﻓﺄﺠﻴﺒُﻪ ﺠﻭﺍﺒﻲ‪ .‬ﻭﺫﺍﺕ ﻴﻭﻡ ﻗﻠﺕ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﻤﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﹸﻙ ﻴﺎ ﺃﺒﻲ ﺘﺴﺄﻟﻨﻲ‬ ‫ﺕ ﻤﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺎ ٍ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺜﻼﺙ ﺴﻨﻭﺍ ٍ‬ ‫ﺕ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻗﻭل ﻟﻙ‬ ‫ﻨﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﺴﺅﺍل ﻭﺃﺠﻴﺒﻙ ﺠﻭﺍﺒﹰﺎ ﻭﺍﺤﺩﺍﹰ‪ ،‬ﺜ ّﻡ ﻻ ﻴﻤﻨﻌﻙ ﻤﻥ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﺅﺍل ﻤﻥ ﻏﺩ؟! ﻓﻘﺎل‪" :‬ﺇﻨﻤﺎ ﺃﺭ ْﺩ ﹸ‬ ‫ل ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻨﻭﺍﺭﻩ‬ ‫ﺕ ﺃﺘﻔﻬّﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺁﻥ ﻭُﺃ ﹾﻗ ﹺﺒ ُ‬ ‫ﻴﺎ ﻭﻟﺩﻱ‪ :‬ﺍﻗﺭﺃ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺁﻥ ﻜﺄﻨﹼﻤﺎ ﻨﺯل ﻋﻠﻴﻙ"‪ .‬ﻭﻤﻨﺫ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺍﻟﻴﻭﻡ ﺒﺩﺃ ﹸ‬ ‫ﺕ ﻭﻤﻥ ُﺩ َﺭﺭﹺﻩ ﻤﺎ ﻨﻅﻤﺕ"‬ ‫ﻤﺎ ﺍﻗﺘﺒﺴ ﹸ‬

‫ﻤﻥ ﻜﺘﺎﺏ "ﺭﻭﺍﺌﻊ ﺇﻗﺒﺎل" ﻷﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺩﻭﻱ‬

‫ﺍﻷﺼﺎﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﻑ ﺒﺎﻟ ِﻘﻴَﻡ ﺍﻷﺨﻼﻗﻴّﺔ ﻭﺘﺭﻤﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻫﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺍﻋﺩ‬ ‫ﺴ ﹶﺘﺨِ ﱡ‬ ‫ل ﺩﻋﻭ ٍﺓ ﹶﺘ ْ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺇﺼﺒﻌﹰﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﺼﺎﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩﻴّﺔ ﻜﺎﻤﻨﺔ ﻭﺭﺍﺀ ﻜ ﱢ‬ ‫‪..‬ﺇ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻤﺠﺘﻤ ُﻊ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﺯﻤﺎﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻱ ﻜﺎﺭل ﻤﺎﺭﻜﺱ ﻭﺭﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺸﹼﻴﻭﻋﻴّﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻬﺩﻡ ﻗﻭﺍﻋﺩ ﺍﻷﺨﻼﻕ ﻭﺍﻵﺩﺍﺏ ﻭ ﹸﺘ ﹶﻘﻭﱢﺽ ﺩَﻋﺎﺌﻡ ﺍﻷﻭﻁﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻓﺎﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ ّ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻷﺩﻴﺎﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻁ ﹶﻨﻌَﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﺤﺎﻭل ﺃﻥ ُﻴﺒْﻁل‬ ‫ﺼﹶ‬ ‫ﻱ ُﺩﺭْﻜﻴﻡ ﻭﺭﺍﺀ ﻋﻠﻡ ﺍﻻﺠﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ُﻴ ﹾﻠﺤِﻕﹸ ﻨﻅﺎ َﻡ ﺍﻷﺴْﺭﺓ ﺒﺎﻷﻭﻀﺎﻉ ﺍ ﹾﻟ ُﻤ ْ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ ّ‬ ‫ﻁﻭﱡﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﺎﺌل ﻭﺍﻵﺩﺍﺏ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺁﺜﺎﺭَﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ﹶﺘ ﹶ‬ ‫ﻱ‪ -‬ﺴﺎﺭﺘﺭ ﻭﺭﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻭﺠﻭﺩﻴّﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻨﺸﺄﺕ َﻤ َﻌ ﱢﺯ َﺯ ﹰﺓ ﻟﻜﺭﺍﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﺩ ﻓﹶﺠَﻨﹶﺢ ﺒﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ‬ ‫ﻱ ‪-‬ﺃﻭ ﻨﺼﻑ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ ّ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ ّ‬ ‫ﺇﺒﺎﺤ ٍﺔ ﺤﻴﻭﺍﻨ ّﻴ ٍﺔ ﺘﹸﺼﻴﺏ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﻤﻌﹰﺎ ﺒﺂﻓﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﹸﻨﻭﻁ ﻭﺍﻻﻨﺤﻼل‪.‬‬

‫ﻤﻥ ﻤﻘﺎل‪" :‬ﺍﻟﻭﺠﻭﺩﻴّﺔ ‪-‬ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻨﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻴﺽ ﻤﻨﻬﺎ‪ "-‬ﻟﻌﺒّﺎﺱ ﻤﺤﻤﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺩ ﻓﻲ ﻜﺘﺎﺒﻪ‪" :‬ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﹼﺎﺱ"‬

‫ﺸﻬﻴﺩ‬ ‫ﷲ ﺒـ ِﻪ‬ ‫ﺸـﻬﻴـﺩﹰﺍ ﺭَ ﹶﻓـ َﻊ ﺍ ُ‬ ‫ﻴﺎ ﹶ‬

‫ل ﺍ ﹾﻟ َﻤﺩَﻯ‬ ‫ﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻁﹸﻭ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺤﱢ‬ ‫ﺠَ ْﺒﻬَ ﹶﺔ ﺍ ﹾﻟ َ‬

‫ﻋﻠﹶﻤﹰﺎ‬ ‫ﻑ ﹶﺘ ْﺒﻘﹶﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤَﻨﺎﻴﺎ َ‬ ‫ﺴ ـﻭ ﹶ‬

‫ﺏ َﺭ ْﻤـﺯﹰﺍ ِﻟ ﹾﻠ ِﻔـ َﺩﺍ‬ ‫ﻫﺎﺩِﻴـﹰﺎ ﻟﻠ ّﺭ ﹾﻜ ﹺ‬

‫ﺕ ﻗـﺩ ﻋَﱠﻠ ْﻤﺘﹶﻨـﺎ‬ ‫ﻤﺎ ﹶﻨﺴِـﻴﻨﺎ ﺃﻨ ﹶ‬

‫ﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺠ ِﻪ ﺍﻟﺭﱠﺩﻯ‬ ‫ﺴﻤَ ﹶﺔ ﺍ ﹾﻟﻤُﺅﻤ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺒَ ْ‬

‫ﻤﻥ ﺃﺒﻴﺎﺕ ﻟﻌﺼﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻁﺎﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﻴﺩ ﻋﺒﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﺭ ﻋﻭﺩﺓ ﺭﺤﻤﻪ ﺍﷲ‬

‫ﻻ ﻴﻐﻠﺒﻨﹼﻙ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻁﺎﻥ‬ ‫ل ﻤﻌﺼﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﺤﻼل َﺒ ﱢﻴﻥٌ‪،‬‬ ‫ل ﺨﻁﻴﺌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﹶﺘﺼَ ﱡﻴﺩِ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻭﻯ ﻟﻜ ّ‬ ‫ﺱ ﺍﻟ ُﻌﺫﹾﺭ ﻟﻜ ﱢ‬ ‫ﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﻴﻨﻙ ﺒﺎﻟﺘِﻤﺎ ﹺ‬ ‫ﻙ ﺍﻟﺸﹼﻴﻁﺎ ُ‬ ‫ﻻ َﻴ ﹾﻐِﻠ َﺒ ﱠﻨ َ‬ ‫ﺴ ﹶﺘﺒْﺭَﺃ ﻟﺩﻴﻨﻪ ﻭﻋﺭﻀﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺭﺍ ُﻡ َﺒ ّﻴﻥٌ‪ ،‬ﻭﻤﻥ ﺍﺘﹼﻘﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻬﺎﺕ ﻓﻘ ِﺩ ﺍ ْ‬

‫ﻤﻥ ﻜﺘﺎﺏ "ﻫﻜﺫﺍ ﻋﻠﹼﻤﺘﹾﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ" ﻟﻠﺩﻜﺘﻭﺭ ﻤﺼﻁﻔﻰ ﺍﻟﺴّﺒﺎﻋﻲ‬

‫‪٤‬‬


‫ﺍﺴﺘﻐﻔﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﺨﹶﻠ ﹾﻔﺘﹸﻙ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻙ ﻤﻥ ﻨﻔﺴﻲ ﻭﺃ ﹾ‬ ‫ﻙ ِﻟﻤَﺎ ﻭﻋﺩ ﹸﺘ َ‬ ‫ﻋ ْﺩﺕﹸ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺴﺘﻐﻔﺭ َ‬ ‫ﻙ ﻤﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﺜ ﱠﻡ ُ‬ ‫ﺕ ﺇﻟﻴ َ‬ ‫ﻙ ِﻟﻤَﺎ ﹸﺘ ْﺒ ﹸ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻬ ّﻡ ﺇﻨﹼﻲ ﺃﺴﺘﻐﻔﺭ َ‬

‫ﺕ ﺒﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﻲ ﻓﺘﻘﻭﱠ ْﻴ ﹸ‬ ‫ﺕ ﺒﻬﺎ ﻋﻠ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺕ ﺒﻪ ﻭﺠﻬَﻙ ﻓﺨﺎﹶﻟﻁﹶﻪ ﻤﺎ ﻟﻴﺱ ﻟﻙ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺴﺘﻐﻔﺭﻙ ﻟﻠﻨﱢﻌﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺃﻨﻌﻤ ﹶ‬ ‫ﻭﺃﺴﺘﻐﻔﺭﻙ ﻟﻤﺎ ﺃﺭﺩ ﹸ‬ ‫ﺏ ﺃﺫﻨﺒﺘﹸﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻤﻌﺼﻴ ٍﺔ ﺍﺭﺘﻜﺒﺘﹸﻬﺎ‬ ‫ل ﺫﻨ ﹴ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﻌﺼﻴ ِﺘﻙَ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺴﺘﻐﻔﺭﻙ ﻟﻜ ﱢ‬

‫"ﻋﻴﻭﻥ ﺍﻷﺨﺒﺎﺭ" ﻻﺒﻥ ﻗﺘﻴﺒﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻠﻬﻡ ﺇﻨﻲ ﺃﻋﻭﺫ ﺒﻙ‬ ‫ﺱ ﺒﻪ ﺃﺤﺩﹰﺍ ﺴِﻭﺍﻙ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻻ ﺤ ﹼﻘﹰﺎ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺭﹺﻀﺎﻙ‪ ،‬ﺃ ﹾﻟ ﹶﺘ ِﻤ ُ‬ ‫ل ﻗﻭ ﹰ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺃﻗﻭ َ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻠﻬ ﱠﻡ ﺇﻨﹼﻲ ﺃﻋﻭ ﹸﺫ ﺒﻙ ﺃ ْ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺃ ﹶﺘ َﺯﻴﱠﻥ ﺒﺸﻲﺀ ﻴَﺸﻴﻨﹸﻨﻲ ﻋﻨﺩﻙ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺃﻋﻭ ﹸﺫ ﺒﻙ ﺃ ْ‬

‫ﻋﺒْﺭ ﹰﺓ ﻷﺤ ٍﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻠﻘﻙ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻥ ِ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺃﻜﻭ َ‬ ‫ﻭﺃﻋﻭ ﹸﺫ ﺒﻙ ﺃ ْ‬ ‫ﻭﺃﻋﻭﺫ ﺒﻙ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺃﺤ ٌﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻠﻘﻙ ﺃﺴﻌ َﺩ ﺒﻤﺎ ﻋﻠﹼﻤﺘﹶﻨﻲ ﻤﻨﻲ‪.‬‬

‫ﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺩﺏ ﻭﺍﻷﺨﻼﻕ" ﻟﻠﺩﻜﺘﻭﺭ ﺯﻜﻲ ﻤﺒﺎﺭﻙ‬ ‫ﻤﻥ ﻜﺘﺎﺏ "ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻭّﻑ ﺍﻹﺴﻼﻤ ّ‬

‫ﻥ ﺃﻫل ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻡ ﺼﺎﻨﻭﻩ ﺼﺎﻨﻬﻡ‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻭ ﺃ ّ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻘﺎﻀﻲ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺒﻥ ﻋﺒﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺯﻴﺯ ﺍﻟﺠﺭﺠﺎﻨﻲ‬

‫) ‪(١‬‬

‫ﺽ ﻭﺇﻨﱠﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﻙ ﺍ ﹾﻨﻘِﺒـﺎ ٌ‬ ‫ﻥ ﻟﻲ ﻓﻴـ َ‬ ‫ﻴﻘﻭﻟﻭ َ‬

‫ﺠﻤَﺎ‬ ‫ﺤَ‬ ‫لﺃْ‬ ‫ﻑ ﺍﻟﺫﱡ ﱢ‬ ‫ﻼ ﻋﻥ َﻤ ْﻭ ِﻗ ِ‬ ‫َﺭَﺃﻭْﺍ ﺭﺠ ﹰ‬

‫ﻥ ﻋﻨ َﺩ ُﻫ ْﻡ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺩﺍﻨﺎ ُﻫ ُﻡ ﻫﺎ َ‬ ‫ﺱ َﻤ ْ‬ ‫ﺃﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﻨﹼﺎ َ‬

‫ﺱ ُﺃ ﹾﻜﺭﹺﻤَﺎ‬ ‫ﻋـﺯﱠ ﹸﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﹼﻔ ﹺ‬ ‫ﻥ َﺃ ﹾﻜﺭَﻤَ ﹾﺘـ ُﻪ ِ‬ ‫ﻭ َﻤ ْ‬

‫ﻲ ﺠﺎﻨِﺒـ ﹰﺎ‬ ‫ﻀَ‬ ‫ﺕ ُﻤﻨﹾﺤﺎﺯﹰﺍ ﹺﺒ ِﻌ ْﺭ ِ‬ ‫ﻭﻤﺎ ﹺﺯ ﹾﻟ ﹸ‬

‫ـﺎ‬ ‫ﻋ ﹶﺘـ ﱡﺩ ﺍﻟﺼﱢﻴﺎ ﹶﻨـ ﹶﺔ َﻤ ﹾﻐﻨﹶﻤ َ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺍﻟ ﱠﺫ ﱢﻡ َﺃ ْ‬ ‫ِﻤ َ‬

‫ﺕ ﹶﻗ ْﺩ ﺃﺭَﻯ‬ ‫ﺏ ﻗﻠ ﹸ‬ ‫ﺸـﺭَ ٌ‬ ‫ل ﻫﺫﺍ َﻤ ﹾ‬ ‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻴ َ‬

‫ﻅ َﻤـﺎ‬ ‫ل ﺍﻟ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺤ ﹶﺘﻤِ ُ‬ ‫ﺱ ﺍﻟﹾﺤـ ﱢﺭ ﹶﺘ ْ‬ ‫ﻥ ﻨﻔ َ‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻜ ﱠ‬

‫ﻥ ﺃﻤـﻭ ﹴﺭ ﻜﺜﻴﺭ ٍﺓ‬ ‫ﺨﻁﹾﻭﻱ ﻋ ْ‬ ‫ﺽ ﹶ‬ ‫ﻭﺃ ﹾﻗ ﹺﺒ ُ‬

‫ﺽ ُﻤ ﹾﻜﺭَﻤَﺎ‬ ‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﹶﻟ ْﻡ ﺃﻨﹶﻠﹾﻬﺎ ﻭﺍ ِﻓـ َﺭ ﺍﻟ ِﻌ ْﺭ ﹺ‬

‫ﻙ ﻋﺎﺒﹺﺴﹰﺎ‬ ‫ﺤَ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺃُﻀـﺎ ِ‬ ‫ﻭُﺃ ﹾﻜ ﹺﺭ ُﻡ ﻨﻔﺴﻲ ﺃ ْ‬

‫ﺢ ُﻤ ﹶﺫ ﱠﻤ َﻤـﺎ‬ ‫ﻥ َﺃ ﹶﺘـﹶﻠ ﱠﻘـﻰ ﺒﺎ ﹾﻟ َﻤـﺩﻴـ ﹺ‬ ‫ﻭَﺃ ْ‬

‫ﻥ ﹸﻜﻠﱠﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﻥ ﻜﺎ َ‬ ‫ﻕ ﺍﻟ ِﻌ ﹾﻠـ ﹺﻡ ﺇ ْ‬ ‫ﺤﱠ‬ ‫ﺽ َ‬ ‫ﻭﹶﻟ ْﻡ ﺃ ﹾﻗ ﹺ‬

‫ﺴـﱠﻠ َﻤـﺎ‬ ‫ﻲ ُ‬ ‫ﺼ ﱠﻴـ ْﺭﺘﹸ ُﻪ ِﻟ َ‬ ‫ﻁﻤَـ ٌﻊ َ‬ ‫َﺒﺩَﺍ ﹶ‬

‫ﺨ ْﺩ َﻤـ ِﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻡﹺ ُﻤ ْﻬﺠَﺘﻲ‬ ‫ل ﻓﻲ ِ‬ ‫ﻭﹶﻟ ْﻡ َﺃ ْﺒ ﹶﺘ ِﺫ ْ‬

‫ﺨ َﺩ َﻤـﺎ‬ ‫ﻷﹾ‬ ‫ﻥ ُ‬ ‫ﺕ ﻟﻜ ْ‬ ‫ﻥ ﻻ ﹶﻗ ْﻴـ ﹸ‬ ‫ﺨ ُﺩﻡَ َﻤـ ْ‬ ‫ﻷﹾ‬ ‫َ‬

‫ل ﺍﻟﻌﻠ ﹺﻡ ﺼﺎﻨﻭ ُﻩ ﺼـﺎ ﹶﻨ ُﻬ ْﻡ‬ ‫ﻥ َﺃ ْﻫ َ‬ ‫ﻭﹶﻟ ْﻭ َﺃ ﱠ‬

‫ﻅﻤَـﺎ‬ ‫ﺱ ﹶﻟﻌَ ﱠ‬ ‫ﻭﻟ ْﻭ ﻋﻅﱠﻤـﻭ ُﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﱡﻔﻭ ﹺ‬

‫ـﻭ ُﻩ ﺠﹺﻬـﺎﺭﹰﺍ ﻭ َﺩﻨﱠﺴـﻭﺍ‬ ‫ﻥ َﺃ ﹶﺫﹼﻟ ُ‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻜـ ْ‬

‫ﺠ ﱠﻬ َﻤـﺎ‬ ‫ﻉ ﺤﺘﱠﻰ ﹶﺘ َ‬ ‫ﻷﻁﹾﻤـﺎ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺤﻴﱠـﺎ ُﻩ ﺒﺎ َ‬ ‫ُﻤ َ‬

‫ﺴـﺘﹶﻔِﺯﱡﻨﻲ‬ ‫ﺡ ﻟﻲ َﻴ ْ‬ ‫ﻕﻻَ‬ ‫ل َﺒـ ْﺭ ٍ‬ ‫ﻭﻤﺎ ﻜ ﱡ‬

‫ﺸـﻘﻰ ﹺﺒ ِﻪ ﻏﹶﺭْﺴـﹰﺎ ﻭَﺃﺠْﻨﻴﻪِ ﺫِﱠﻟﺔﹰ؟!‬ ‫َﺃَﺃ ﹾ‬

‫ﻷ ْﺭﺽﹺ َﺃﺭْﻀﺎ ُﻩ ُﻤ ﹾﻨﻌِﻤَﺎ‬ ‫لﺍَ‬ ‫ل ﺃ ْﻫ ﹺ‬ ‫ﻭﻻ ﻜ ﱡ‬

‫ﺤ َﺯ َﻤـﺎ‬ ‫ﻥﺃْ‬ ‫ل ﻗ ْﺩ ﻜﺎ َ‬ ‫ﻉ ﺍﻟﺠﻬ ﹺ‬ ‫ﻥ ﻓﺎﺘﱢﺒﺎ ُ‬ ‫ﺇﺫ ْ‬

‫)‪ -(١‬ﻓﻘﻴﻪ ﺸﺎﻋﺭ ﻨﺎﻗﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺠﺭﺠﺎﻥ ﺴﻨﺔ ‪٢٩٠‬ﻫ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﻭﻓﻲ ﺴﻨﺔ ‪٣٦٦‬ﻫ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺩ ﻋﻠﹼﻕ ﺍﻷﺴﺘﺎﺫ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻁﻨﻁﺎﻭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻴﺩﺓ‬ ‫ﺒﻘﻭﻟﻪ‪" :‬ﻭﻴﺎﻟﻴﺕ ﻜ ّل ﻋﺎﻟﻡ ﻴﻨﻘﺵ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﺒﻴﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺼﺩﺭ ﻤﺠﻠﺴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﺠﻌﻠﻬﺎ ﺩﺴﺘﻭﺭﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺤﻴﺎﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻤﺎﻤﻪ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫ﺨﻼﺌﻘﻪ!"‪.‬‬

‫‪٥‬‬


‫ﻁﻌﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺤﺩ ﻴﻜﻔﻲ ﺍﻻﺜﻨﻴﻥ‬ ‫ﺤ ِﺩ َﻴﻜﹾﻔﻲ‬ ‫ﻁﻌَﺎ ُﻡ ﺍﻟﻭﺍ ِ‬ ‫ل ﺍﷲ ﺼﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺴﻠﻡ ﻴﻘﻭل‪ » :‬ﹶ‬ ‫ﺕ ﺭﺴﻭ َ‬ ‫ﻋﻥ ﺠﺎﺒﺭ ﺭﻀﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﺎل‪ :‬ﺴﻤﻌ ﹸ‬ ‫ﻁﻌَﺎ ُﻡ ﺍﻷﺭﺒﻌ ِﺔ ﻴﻜﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﺜﻤﺎﻨ َﻴ ﹶﺔ« ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﻤﺴﻠﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻥ ﻴﻜﻔﻲ ﺍﻷَﺭْﺒﻌَﺔﹶ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺍﻻ ﹾﺜ ﹶﻨ ْﻴﻥﹺ‪ ،‬ﻭﻁﻌﺎ ُﻡ ﺍﻻ ﹾﺜ ﹶﻨ ْﻴ ﹺ‬

‫ﻓﻠﻨﺘﻌﹼﻠ ْﻡ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺩّﺭﺱ‬ ‫ﻲ ﺼﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺴﻠﻡ ﺇ ﹾﺫ ﺠﺎ َﺀ‬ ‫ﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺴَ ﹶﻔﺭﹴ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﹼﺒ ﱢ‬ ‫ﺨ ْﺩﺭﹺﻱﱢ ﺭﻀﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﺎل‪ :‬ﺒﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻨﺤ ُ‬ ‫ﻋﻥ ﺃﺒﻲ ﺴﻌﻴ ٍﺩ ﺍﻟ ﹸ‬

‫ﻻ‬ ‫ﺼ َﺭ ُﻩ ﻴَﻤﻴﻨﹰﺎ ﻭﺸِﻤﺎ ﹰ‬ ‫ﻑ َﺒ َ‬ ‫ﺼ ﹺﺭ ﹸ‬ ‫ل َﻴ ْ‬ ‫ل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺍﺤِﹶﻠﺔٍ ﻟ ُﻪ ﹶﻓﺠَﻌَ َ‬ ‫ﺭﺠ ٌ‬ ‫ﻅ ْﻬﺭﹴ‬ ‫ل ﹶ‬ ‫ﻀُ‬ ‫ﻥ َﻤ َﻌ ُﻪ ﹶﻓ ْ‬ ‫ﻜﺎ َ‬

‫) ‪(٣‬‬

‫ﻓ ﹾﻠ َﻴ ُﻌ ْﺩ ﹺﺒ ِﻪ‬

‫)‪(٤‬‬

‫) ‪(٢‬‬

‫ﻥ‬ ‫ل ﺍﷲ ﺼﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺴﻠﻡ‪َ » :‬ﻤ ْ‬ ‫ل ﺭﺴﻭ ُ‬ ‫ﻓﻘﺎ َ‬

‫ﻥﻻ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺯﺍ ٍﺩ ﻓ ﹾﻠ َﻴ ُﻌ ْﺩ ﹺﺒ ِﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ َﻤ ْ‬ ‫ل ِﻤ ْ‬ ‫ﻀٌ‬ ‫ﻥ ﹶﻟ ُﻪ ﻓﹶ ْ‬ ‫ﻥ ﻜﺎ َ‬ ‫ﻅ ْﻬﺭَ ﻟﹶﻪ‪َ ،‬ﻭ َﻤ ْ‬ ‫ﻥﻻ ﹶ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ َﻤ ْ‬

‫ﻀلﹴ )‪ . (٥‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﻤﺴﻠﻡ‬ ‫ﻕ ﻷَﺤ ٍﺩ ﻤِﻨﹼﺎ ﻓﻲ ﹶﻓ ْ‬ ‫ﺤﱠ‬ ‫ل ﻤﺎ ﹶﺫ ﹶﻜﺭَ ﺤﺘﹼﻰ ﺭَﺃَﻴْﻨﺎ َﺃﻨﹼ ُﻪ ﻻ َ‬ ‫ﻥ َﺃﺼْﻨﺎﻑِ ﺍﻟﻤَﺎ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺯﺍ َﺩ ﻟﹶﻪ« ﻓﺫ ﹶﻜﺭَ ِﻤ ْ‬ ‫________________________‬ ‫)‪ (٢‬ﻴﺼﺭﻑ ﺒﺼﺭﻩ ﻴﻤﻴﻨﺎﹰ ﻭﺸﻤﺎ ﹰﻻ‪ :‬ﺃﻱ ﻴﺤﻭّﻟﻪ ﻴﻤﻴﻨﺎﹰ ﻭﺸﻤﺎ ﹰﻻ ﻴﻨﻅﺭ ﻤﻥ ﻴﺠﻭﺩ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺒﻤﺎ ﻴﺴ ّﺩ ﺤﺎﺠﺘﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫)‪ (٣‬ﻤﻥ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻤﻌﻪ ﻓﻀل ﻅﻬﺭ‪ :‬ﺃﻱ ﻤﺭﻜﻭﺏ ﻓﺎﻀل ﻋﻥ ﺤﺎﺠﺘﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫)‪ (٤‬ﻓﻠﻴﻌﺩ ﺒﻪ‪ :‬ﺃﻱ ﻓﻠﻴﺘﺼﺩّﻕ ﺒﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻕ ﻷﺤﺩ ﻤﻨﹼﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻓﻀل‪ :‬ﺃﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺯﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺠﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫)‪ (٥‬ﻻ ﺤ ﹼ‬

‫ﻕ‬ ‫ﻫﻜﺫﺍ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺎﻓل ﺍﻟﺤ ﹼ‬ ‫ﺸ َﻌ ﹺﺭﻴﱢﻴﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃ ْﺭﻤَﻠﻭﺍ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺍﻷ ﹾ‬ ‫ﻋﻥ ﺃﺒﻲ ﻤﻭﺴﻰ ﺭﻀﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﺎل‪ :‬ﻗﺎل ﺭﺴﻭل ﺍﷲ ﺼﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺴﻠﻡ‪» :‬ﺇ ﱠ‬

‫) ‪(٦‬‬

‫ﺏ ﻭﺍﺤ ٍﺩ ﺜ ﱠﻡ ﺍ ﹾﻗ ﹶﺘﺴَﻤﻭ ُﻩ َﺒ ْﻴ ﹶﻨ ُﻬ ْﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺇﻨﺎ ٍﺀ‬ ‫ﻋ ﹾﻨ َﺩ ُﻫ ْﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺜ ْﻭ ﹴ‬ ‫ﻥ ِ‬ ‫ﺠﻤَﻌﻭﺍ ﻤﺎ ﻜﺎ َ‬ ‫ل ﻁﻌﺎ ُﻡ ﻋِﻴﺎﻟِﻬ ْﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺩﻴﻨﺔ َ‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟ ﹶﻐ ْﺯﻭﹺ ﺃﻭ ﹶﻗ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺴ ﹺﻭﻴﱠﺔ ﹶﻓ ُﻬ ْﻡ ﻤِﻨﹼﻲ ﻭﺃﻨﺎ ﻤﻨﻬﻡ« ﻤﺘﻔﻕ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﺤ ٍﺩ ﺒﺎﻟ ﱠ‬ ‫ــــــــــــــــــ‬

‫)‪ -(٦‬ﺃﺭﻤﻠﻭﺍ‪ :‬ﻓﺭﻍ ﺯﺍ ُﺩﻫُﻡ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﺍﻍ‪.‬‬

‫ﺃﻭﻟﺌﻙ ﺁﺒﺎﺅﻨﺎ‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ﻼ َﺒ َﺩ ﹺﻭ ّﻴﹰﺎ ﻓﺠﻌ َ‬ ‫ﺤﻁٍ ﻭﻤَﺠﺎﻋﺔ" ﻓﺩﻋﺎ ﺭﺠ ﹰ‬ ‫ﻥ ﻋﺎ َﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﱠﻤﺎ َﺩ ِﺓ "ﻭﻫﻭ ﻋﺎ ُﻡ ﹶﻗ ْ‬ ‫ﺕ ﺒﺴﻤ ﹴ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﹼﺎﺏ ﺒﺨﺒ ﹴﺯ ﻤﻔﺘﻭ ٍ‬ ‫ﻋ َﻤ ُﺭ ﺒ ُ‬ ‫ﻲ ُ‬ ‫ُﺃ ِﺘ َ‬

‫ﺤﻔﹶﺔ ﻓﻘﺎل ﻟﻪ ﻋﻤﺭ‪ :‬ﻜﺄﻨﹼﻙ ُﻤ ﹾﻘﻔِ ٌﺭ ﻤﻥ‬ ‫ﺼْ‬ ‫ﻱ َﻴ ﹾﺘ َﺒ ُﻊ ﺒﺎﻟﱡﻠ ﹾﻘ ْﻤ ِﺔ ﺍﻟ َﻭﺩَﻙ "ﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﺩّﺴﻡ" ﻓﻲ ﺠﺎﻨﺏ ﺍﻟ ﱠ‬ ‫ﻴﺄﻜل ﻤﻌﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺠﻌل ﺍﻟﺒﺩﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﻼ ﻟﻪ ﻤﻨﺫ ﻜﺫﺍ ﻭﻜﺫﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻭﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺕ ﺁﻜ ﹰ‬ ‫ﺴﻤْﻨﹰﺎ ﻭﻻ ﺭﺃﻴ ﹸ‬ ‫ﺕ َ‬ ‫ﺠلْ‪ ،‬ﻤﺎ ﺃﻜﻠ ﹸ‬ ‫ﺍﻟ َﻭﺩَﻙ؟ ﻓﻘﺎل‪َ :‬ﺃ َ‬ ‫ﻕ ﻟﺤﻤﹰﺎ ﻭﻻ ﺴﻤﻨﹰﺎ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻴﺄﻜﻠﻪ ﺴﺎﺌ ُﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﺤﻠﻑ ﻋﻤﺭ ﻻ ﻴﺫﻭ ﹸ‬

‫ﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺃﺨﺒﺎﺭ ﻋﻤﺭ ﻟﻸﺴﺘﺎﺫﻴﻥ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻭﻨﺎﺠﻲ ﺍﻟﻁﻨﻁﺎﻭﻱ‬

‫‪٦‬‬


‫ﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﹼﻔﻭﺱ‬ ‫ﺇﻥ ﻤﻠﻜ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺱ ﻓﺎ ْﺒ ﹺﻎ ﺭﹺﻀﺎﻫـﺎ‬ ‫ﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﹼﻔﻭ َ‬ ‫ﺇﻥ ﻤَﹶﻠ ﹾﻜ ﹶ‬

‫ﹶﻓﻠﹶﻬـﺎ ﹶﺜـ ْﻭ َﺭﺓﹲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻴﻬـﺎ ﻤَﻀـﺎ ُﺀ‬

‫ﻕ ﺍﻟ ُﻌﻘﹶﻼ ُﺀ‬ ‫ﻑ ﺍﻟﺨﻼ ِﺌـ ﹸ‬ ‫ﺵ ﻟﻠﻭُﺜﻭﺏ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﺴْـ ‪ ..‬ـﺭﹺ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﻴـ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺤ ﹸ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺍﻟ َﻭ ْ‬ ‫ﺴﻜﹸ ُ‬ ‫ﻴَ ْ‬

‫ﻀﻌَﻔـﺎﺀ‬ ‫ﻥ ُﻴ َﺅﻴﱠـ َﺩ ﺍﻟ ﱡ‬ ‫ﻥ ﹶﻟـ ْ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺴَﻴَﺴـﻭﺩﻭ ‪ ..‬ﻥَ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃ ْ‬ ‫ﻥﺃْ‬ ‫ﺏ ﺍﻟﻅﹼﺎﻟِﻤﻭ َ‬ ‫ﺴـ ُ‬ ‫ﺤَ‬ ‫َﻴ ْ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﻠﹼﻴـﺎﻟﻲ ﺠَﻭﺍﺌـ ٌﺭ ﻤِﺜـﻠﹶﻤـﺎ ﺠﺎ ‪ ..‬ﺭﻭﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻠﺩﱠ ْﻫـ ﹺﺭ ِﻤﺜﹾﻠ ُﻬـ ْﻡ ﺃﻫـﻭﺍ ُﺀ‬

‫ﺃﺤﻤﺩ ﺸﻭﻗﻲ‬

‫ﻓﻠﻴﻘﺭﺃ ﺤﻜﹼﺎﻤﻨﺎ‬ ‫ﻁﻴﱢﻌ ﹰﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻴﺩﻫﺎ‬ ‫ﺕ ﻤﻥ ﺸﺄﻨﻬﻡ ﻭﺤﻁﹼﺕ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﹶﻬﻡ ﻟﻴﻜﻭﻨﻭﺍ ﺃﺩﺍ ﹰﺓ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺱ ﹶﻗ ْﺩ ُﺭ ﺍﻟﺩّﻭﻟﺔ ﺒﻘﺩْﺭ ﺃﺒﻨﺎﺌﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻫﻲ ﺼ ﱠﻐ َﺭ ﹾ‬ ‫ﻴُﻘﺎ ُ‬ ‫ل ﺼﻐﺎ ﹴﺭ‬ ‫ﺽ ﻨﺎﻓﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﻭﻑ ﺘﹶﺭﻯ ﺃﻨﹼﻬﺎ ﻟﻥ ﺘﺴﺘﻁﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﹸﺘ َﺅ ﱢﺩﻱَ ﺒﻤﻌﻭﻨ ِﺔ ﺭﺠﺎ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺤﺘﻰ ﻭﻟﻭ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺃﻏﺭﺍ ﹴ‬ ‫ﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺴﺒﻴل‬ ‫ﺤ ﹾ‬ ‫ﻑ ﺃﻨﹼﻪ ﻻ ﻗﻴﻤ ﹶﺔ ﻟﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﺩﺍ ِﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻀ ﱠ‬ ‫ل ﻋﻅﻴﻡ‪ ،‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﻻ ُﺒﺩﱠ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺭﻯ ﺁﺨ َﺭ ﺍ ﹾﻟﻤَﻁﺎ ِ‬ ‫ﻱ ﻋﻤ ﹴ‬ ‫ﻜﻬﺅﻻﺀ ﺃ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻭل ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺒﺄﻓﺭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺏ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻗﻀﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﹸﻗ ﱠﻭ ِﺓ ﺍﻟﻭﻁﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﻭﻴّﺔ ﻻ ﻟﺸﻲ ٍﺀ ﺇﻻ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺘﺘﻤﻜﹼﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺘﺴﻴﻴﺭ ِﺩﻓﹾﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻡ ﺒﺴﻬﻭﻟﺔ‬

‫ﺠﻭﻥ ﺴﺘﻴﻭﺍﺭﺕ ﻤﻴل‬

‫ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺏ ﻻ ﺘﺴﺘﺨﺫﻱ!‬ ‫ﺕ‬ ‫ﻲ ﻤﻬﻤﻭﺯ ﹲﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻏﻴ ُﺭ ﻤﻬﻤﻭﺯﺓٍ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎل‪" :‬ﻓﻘﻠ ﹸ‬ ‫ﺴ ﹶﺘ ﹾﺜﺒﹺﺕ‪ :‬ﺃﻫ َ‬ ‫ﺏ ﺃﻥ َﻴ ْ‬ ‫ﺨﻀَﻊ( ﻭﺃﺤ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺨﺫﹶﻯ ) ﹶ‬ ‫ﻅ ﺍﺴﺘﹶ ﹾ‬ ‫ﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻔ ِ‬ ‫ﺼ َﻤ ِﻌ ﱡ‬ ‫ﻙ ﺍﻷ ْ‬ ‫ﺸﱠ‬ ‫ﹶ‬ ‫ﺨ ﹶﺫ ْﺃﺕﹸ؟‬ ‫ﺴ ﹶﺘ ﹾ‬ ‫ﺕ ﺃﻡ ﺍ ْ‬ ‫ﺨ ﹶﺫ ْﻴ ﹸ‬ ‫ﺴ ﹶﺘ ﹾ‬ ‫لﺍْ‬ ‫ﻲ‪ :‬ﺃﺘﻘﻭ ُ‬ ‫ﻷﻋﺭﺍﺒ ّ‬ ‫ﻲ‪ :‬ﻻ ﺃﻗﻭﻟﹸﻬﻤﺎ!‬ ‫ﻗﺎل ﺍﻷﻋﺭﺍﺒ ّ‬ ‫ﻓﻘﻠﺕ‪ :‬ﻭِﻟﻡَ؟‬

‫ﺏ ﻻ ﺘﺴﺘﺨﺫﻱ"‬ ‫ﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺭ َ‬ ‫ﻗﺎل‪ :‬ﻷ ّ‬ ‫ـــــــــــــــ‬ ‫ﻭﻨﺤﻥ ﻨﻘﻭل ﺍﻵﻥ‪ :‬ﺭﺤ َﻡ ﺍﷲ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﺎﻥ!‬

‫ﻫﻜﺫﺍ ﺒﺩﺃ ﺍﻟﻅﹼﻠﻡ ﻗﻠﻴﻼ‬ ‫ﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﺩﺍﺀ ﻟﻡ ﻴﺠﺩ ﻤِﻠﺤﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄ َﻤ َﺭ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺫﻫﺏ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻴﻭﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺤﻠﺔ ﻴﺼﻁﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﹶﻤّﺎ ﺤﺎﻥ ﻭﻗ ﹸ‬ ‫ﺸﺭْﻭﺍ َ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻙ ﺃﻨﻭ ِ‬ ‫ﺤﻜﹶﻰ ﺃ ﱠ‬ ‫ُﻴ ْ‬ ‫ﺢ‬ ‫ﺸ ﹶﺘﺭﹺﻱَ ﺍﻟﻐﻼ ُﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻠ َ‬ ‫ﻥ ﻴَ ﹾ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺒﺄ ْ‬ ‫ﻀ َﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺢ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄ َﻤ َﺭ ﺃﻨﻭ ﺸﺭﻭﺍ َ‬ ‫ﺠ ُﺒ ُﻪ ﺃﺤ َﺩ ﺍﻟﻐِﻠﻤﺎﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺫﻫﺏ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺭﻴﺔ ﻗﺭﻴﺒﺔ ﻟﻴُﺤ ِ‬ ‫ﺤﺎ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺒﺎﻟﻨﻘﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺤﺘﹼﻰ ﻻ ُﻴﻌْﻁﺎﻩ ﺒﺎ ﹾﻟﻤَﺠﱠﺎﻥ ﻓﺘﺨﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﻴ ﹶﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺤَ ﹾﻔ ﹶﻨﺔِ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺢ؟‬ ‫ﺨﹶﻠلﹴ ﻴﺼﻴ ُ‬ ‫ﻱ ﹶ‬ ‫ﻓﻘﻴل ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﺃ ﱡ‬ ‫ﻼ ﺠﺩﺍﹰ‪ ،‬ﺜﻡ ﺃﺨﺫ ﻴﺯﻴ ُﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﹼﺎ ُﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺒﻠﻎ ﺍﻟﺤ ّﺩ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻨﺭﺍﻩ"‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﻘﺎل‪" :‬ﻫﻜﺫﺍ ﺒﺩﺃ ﺍﻟﻅﹼﻠ ُﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺩّﻨﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﺒﺩﺃ ﻗﻠﻴ ﹰ‬

‫‪٧‬‬


‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻭﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﺎﺕ ﺒﻌﻀﻬﻡ ﺃﻭﻟﻴﺎﺀ ﺒﻌﺽ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﱠﻼ ﹶﺓ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺍ ﹾﻟ ُﻤ ﹾﻨ ﹶﻜ ﹺﺭ َﻭ ُﻴﻘِﻴﻤُﻭ َ‬ ‫ﻋﹺ‬ ‫ﻥ َ‬ ‫ﻑ َﻭ َﻴ ﹾﻨ َﻬ ْﻭ َ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺒﹺﺎ ﹾﻟ َﻤ ْﻌﺭُﻭ ِ‬ ‫ﺽ َﻴ ْﺄ ُﻤﺭُﻭ َ‬ ‫ﻀ ُﻬ ْﻡ َﺃ ْﻭِﻟﻴَﺎ ُﺀ َﺒ ْﻌ ﹴ‬ ‫ﻥ ﻭَﺍ ﹾﻟ ُﻤ ْﺅﻤِﻨﹶﺎﺕﹸ َﺒ ْﻌ ُ‬ ‫}ﻭَﺍ ﹾﻟ ُﻤ ْﺅ ِﻤﻨﹸﻭ َ‬ ‫ﻥ‬ ‫ﻋ َﺩ ﺍﻟﻠﱠ ُﻪ ﺍ ﹾﻟ ُﻤ ْﺅ ِﻤﻨِﻴ َ‬ ‫ﻋﺯﹺﻴ ٌﺯ ﺤَﻜِﻴ ٌﻡ‪َ .‬ﻭ َ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺍﻟﱠﻠ َﻪ َ‬ ‫ﺤ ُﻤ ُﻬ ُﻡ ﺍﻟﻠﱠ ُﻪ ِﺇ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺴ َﻴ ْﺭ َ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪَ َﻭ َﺭﺴُﻭﹶﻟ ُﻪ ﺃُﻭﹶﻟﺌِﻙَ َ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺍﻟ ﱠﺯﻜﹶﺎ ﹶﺓ َﻭ ُﻴﻁِﻴﻌُﻭ َ‬ ‫َﻭ ُﻴ ْﺅﺘﹸﻭ َ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺍﻟﱠﻠ ِﻪ‬ ‫ﻥ ِﻤ َ‬ ‫ﻀﻭَﺍ ٌ‬ ‫ﻥ ﻭَﺭﹺ ْ‬ ‫ﻋ ْﺩ ﹴ‬ ‫ﺕ َ‬ ‫ﺠﻨﱠﺎ ِ‬ ‫ﻁ ﱢﻴﺒَﺔﹰ ﻓِﻲ َ‬ ‫ﻥ ﹶ‬ ‫ﻷ ﹾﻨﻬَﺎ ُﺭ ﺨﹶﺎِﻟﺩِﻴﻥَ ﻓِﻴﻬَﺎ َﻭ َﻤﺴَﺎ ِﻜ َ‬ ‫ﺤ ِﺘﻬَﺎ ﺍ َ‬ ‫ﻥ ﹶﺘ ْ‬ ‫ﺠﺭﹺﻱ ِﻤ ْ‬ ‫ﺕ ﺘﹶ ْ‬ ‫ﺠﻨﱠﺎ ٍ‬ ‫ﻭَﺍ ﹾﻟ ُﻤ ْﺅﻤِﻨﹶﺎﺕِ َ‬ ‫َﺃ ﹾﻜ َﺒ ُﺭ ﹶﺫﻟِﻙَ ُﻫ َﻭ ﺍ ﹾﻟ ﹶﻔ ْﻭ ُﺯ ﺍ ﹾﻟ َﻌﻅِﻴ ُﻡ{ )ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺒﺔ‪.(٧٢-٧١ :‬‬

‫ﻼ ﻭﺍﷲ ﻻ ﻴﺨﺯﻴﻙ ﺍﷲ ﺃﺒﺩﺍ‬ ‫ﻜﹼ‬ ‫ﻕ‪» :-‬ﻟﹶﻘﺩ‬ ‫ﺤﹼ‬ ‫ﺨﺒَﺭ ﻤﺎ ﺠﺎ َﺀ ُﻩ ﻤﻥ ﺍ ﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﻗﺎل ﺭﺴﻭل ﺍﷲ ﺼﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺴﻠﻡ ﻟﺨﺩﻴﺠ ﹶﺔ ﺭﻀﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ –ﻭﺃﺨﺒﺭَﻫﺎ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺤﻡَ‪،‬‬ ‫ل ﺍﻟ ﱠﺭ ِ‬ ‫ﻙ ﹶﻟ ﹶﺘﺼِ ُ‬ ‫ﻙ ﺍﷲ ﺃﺒَﺩﺍ‪ِ .‬ﺇ ﱠﻨ َ‬ ‫ﺨﺯﹺﻴ َ‬ ‫ﷲ ﻻ ُﻴ ﹾ‬ ‫ﺕ ﺨﺩﻴﺠ ﹸﺔ ﺭﻀﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ‪) :‬ﻜﹶﻼ ﻭﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻨﹶ ﹾﻔﺴِﻲ« ﻓﻘﺎﻟ ﹾ‬ ‫ﺨﺸِﻴ ﹸ‬ ‫ﹶ‬ ‫ﻕ )‪ .( (٨‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﻭﻤﺴﻠﻡ‬ ‫ﺏ ﺍﻟﺤ ﹼ‬ ‫ﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﹶﻨﻭَﺍ ِﺌ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺏ ﺍ ﹾﻟﻤَﻌ ُﺩﻭﻡَ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﹸﺘﻌِﻴ ُ‬ ‫ﺴ ُ‬ ‫ل )‪ ، (٧‬ﻭ ﹶﺘ ﹾﻜ ِ‬ ‫ل ﺍﻟ ﹶﻜ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺤ ِﻤ ُ‬ ‫ﻑ‪ .‬ﻭ ﹶﺘ ْ‬ ‫ﻀ ْﻴ ﹶ‬ ‫ﻭ ﹶﺘﻘﹾﺭﻱ ﺍﻟ ﱠ‬

‫ﻭﺃﺤﻤﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺭﻤﺫﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺌﻲ‬ ‫ـــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــ‬ ‫ﺏ ﺜﻘل ﺃﻭ ﺼﺎﺤﺏ ﻋﻴﺎل‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﺩ ﺇﻨﹼﻙ ﺘﻌﻁﻲ ﺼﺎﺤﺏ ﺍﻟ َﻌ ْﻴﻠﹶﺔ ﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﹶﻼ ﻤﻥ ﺒﺎﺏ ﻀﺭﺏ ﺼﺎﺭ ﺼﺎﺤ َ‬ ‫)‪ -(٧‬ﺘﺤﻤل ﺍﻟﻜ ّل‪ :‬ﻭﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﺜﹼﻘل‪ .‬ﻭﻜ ّل ﻜ ًّ‬ ‫ﻴﺭﻴﺤﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺜﻘل ﻤﺅﻭﻨﺔ ﻋﻴﺎﻟﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺕ ﻤﻊ ﺼﺎﺤﺒﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺕ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﻗﻤ ﹶ‬ ‫ﻕ ﺃﻋﻨ ﹶ‬ ‫ﻕ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻨﻭﺍﺌﺏ ﺍﻟﺤﻭﺍﺩﺙ‪ .‬ﺃﻱ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﻗﻌﺕ ﻨﺎﺌﺒﺔ ﻷﺤﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺤ ﹼ‬ ‫)‪ -(٨‬ﻨﻭﺍﺌﺏ ﺍﻟﺤ ﹼ‬

‫ﻤﻥ ﻭَ ﹶﻟﺩٍ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻐﺭﺒﺔ‪ ..‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻤّﻪ‬ ‫ﺴـ ﹾﺘ ﹺﺭ ُﺃ ّﻤﹰﺎ ﺒُﻜﺎﺅُﻫـﺎ‬ ‫ﻥ ﻭَﺭﺍ َﺀ ﺍﻟ ﱢ‬ ‫ﻭﺇ ﱠ‬

‫ل‬ ‫ﻥ ﻁﻭﻴ ُ‬ ‫ل ﺍﻟﺯﱠﻤﺎ ُ‬ ‫ﻥ ﻁـﺎ َ‬ ‫ﻲ ﻭﺇ ْ‬ ‫ﻋَﹶﻠـ ﱠ‬

‫ﺼ ْﺒ َﺭ ﺇﻨﱡ ُﻪ‬ ‫ﻓﻴﺎ ُﺃ ﱠﻤ ﹶﺘـﺎ ﻻ ﺘﹶ ْﻌﺩَﻤﻲ ﺍﻟ ﱠ‬

‫ل‬ ‫ﺢ ﺍﻟﻘﹶﺭﻴﺏﹺ ﺭَﺴﻭ ُ‬ ‫ﺠﹺ‬ ‫ﺨ ْﻴﺭﹺ ﻭﺍﻟ ﱡﻨ ْ‬ ‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟ ﹶ‬

‫ﺠﺭَ ﺇﻨﱠ ُﻪ‬ ‫ﻷْ‬ ‫ﺨﻁِﺌﻲ ﺍ َ‬ ‫ﻭﻴَﺎ ُﺃ ﱠﻤ ﹶﺘـﺎ ﻻ ﹸﺘ ﹾ‬

‫ل‬ ‫ل ﺠَﺯﻴ ُ‬ ‫ﺠﻤِﻴ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺼ ْﺒـ ﹺﺭ ﺍ ﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﹶﻗﺩَﺭﹺ ﺍﻟ ﱠ‬

‫ﺴـﻭَ ﹲﺓ‬ ‫ﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﱢﻁﺎ ﹶﻗ ْﻴﻥﹺ ُﺃ ْ‬ ‫ﺃﻤَﺎ ﹶﻟﻙِ ﻓﻲ ﺫﺍ ِ‬

‫ل‬ ‫ﺠـ ﻭ ُ‬ ‫ﻥ ﹶﺘ ُ‬ ‫ﺏ ﺍ ﹾﻟ َﻌـﻭﺍ ُ‬ ‫ﺒﹺﻤ ﱠﻜ ﹶﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺭ ُ‬

‫ﺏ‬ ‫ﺠ ْ‬ ‫ﻥ ﹶﻓﹶﻠ ْﻡ ﹸﺘ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺨ ﹶﺫ ﺍﻷﻤﺎ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺃﺭﺍ َﺩ ﺍﺒﻨﹸﻬﺎ َﺃ ﹾ‬

‫ل‬ ‫ﻋ ﹾﻠـﻤـﹰﺎ ﺃ ﱠﻨـ ُﻪ ﹶﻟ ﹶﻘﺘِـﻴـ ُ‬ ‫ﻭ ﹶﺘ ْﻌﹶﻠـ ُﻡ ِ‬

‫ﺃﺒﻭ ﻓﺭﺍﺱ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺩﺍﻨﻲ‬

‫ﺤﻁﱢﻤﻭﺍ ﺍﻷﺼﻨﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﷲ ﻭﺤﺩَﻩ ﻭﻻ ﺘﻌﺒﺩ ﺸﻴﺌﹰﺎ ﺴﻭﺍﻩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺕ ِ‬ ‫ﺴﺘﹶﻘﻴﻡَ ﺍﻟﻭﺠﻭ ُﻩ ﻭﺍﻟﻐﺎﻴﺎ ﹸ‬ ‫ﻥ ُﻤﻬﹺ ﱠﻤ ﹶﺔ ﺍﻹﺴﻼﻡ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻭﺍﻷﺨﻴﺭﺓ‪" :‬ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺭﻴﺭ" ﺤﺘﹼﻰ ﹶﺘ ْ‬ ‫ﺇﱠ‬ ‫ﻥ{ )ﺍﻷﻨﻌﺎﻡ‪(٧٩ :‬‬ ‫ﺸ ﹺﺭﻜِﻴ َ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺍ ﹾﻟ ُﻤ ﹾ‬ ‫ﺤ ِﻨﻴﻔﹰﺎ َﻭﻤَﺎ ﺃَﻨﹶﺎ ِﻤ َ‬ ‫ﻷ ْﺭﺽَ َ‬ ‫ﺕ ﻭَﺍ َ‬ ‫ﺴﻤَﺎﻭَﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﻁﺭَ ﺍﻟ ﱠ‬ ‫ﻲ ِﻟﱠﻠﺫِﻱ ﹶﻓ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺠ ﹺﻬ َ‬ ‫ﺕ َﻭ ْ‬ ‫}ﺇِﻨﱢﻲ ﻭَﺠﱠ ْﻬ ﹸ‬ ‫ﻓﺤﻁﱢﻤﻭﺍ ﺃﺼﻨﺎ َﻡ ﺍﻟﻬﻭﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺼﻨﺎ َﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺎل‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺼﻨﺎ َﻡ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺼﻨﺎ َﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻡ‪ ..‬ﻭﺍﺘﹼﺠﻬﻭﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻨﺯﱠل ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ‬

‫ﻻ ﹶﺘ ْﻌ ُﺒﺩُﻭﻫﺎ ﻭﻻ ﹶﺘ ْﺭ َﻫﺒُﻭﻫﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ل ﻤﻥ ﺃ ﹼ‬ ‫ﻭﻫﻭ ﻴﺘﻭﻟﹼﻰ ﺍﻟﺼّﺎﻟﺤﻴﻥ‪ .‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻋﺠﺯﺘﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺤﻁﹼﻤﻭﻫﺎ ﻓﻼ ﺃﻗ ﱠ‬

‫ﺤﺴﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎ‬

‫‪٨‬‬


‫ﻻ ﺘﻜﻭﻨﻭﺍ ﺴﻴﻑ ﺍﻟﺭّﺃﺴﻤﺎﻟﻴّﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻭﻋﻴّﺔ‬ ‫ﻑ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻭﻋ ّﻴ ِﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺭّﺃﺴﻤﺎﻟ ّﻴﺔِ‪ ،‬ﻜﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﻑ ﺍﻟﺭّﺃﺴﻤﺎﻟ ﱠﻴ ِﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻭﻋ ّﻴ ِﺔ ﻭﻻ ﺴﻴ ﹶ‬ ‫ﻻ ﹶﺘﻜﹸﻭﻨﻭﺍ ‪-‬ﺃﻴﱡﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠِﻤﻭﻥ– ﺴَ ْﻴ ﹶ‬ ‫ﻕ‬ ‫ﺼ ُﺭ ﹺﺒ ِﻪ ﺍﻟﺤ ﱡ‬ ‫ﻑ ﺍﻹﺴﻼﻡﹺ‪ ،‬ﻴﻨ ﹶﺘ ِ‬ ‫ﻥ ﻜﻭﻨﻭﺍ ﺴﻴ ﹶ‬ ‫ﻀﻠِﻠﻭﻥ‪ ..‬ﻭﻟﻜ ْ‬ ‫ﺴ َﺭ ﹸﺓ ﺍ ﹾﻟ ُﻤ َ‬ ‫ﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺴّﻤﺎ ِ‬ ‫ل ﻤﻨﻜﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﺩﻋﻭ َ‬ ‫ﻴُﺭﻴﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺠﻌ َ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺃﻭ ﻏﺭﻴﺒّﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺭﺃﺴﻤﺎﻟ ّﻴﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺸﺭﻗ ّﻴﹰﺎ ﻜﺎ َ‬ ‫ل ﻭﺍﻟﻅﻠﻡ‪ ،‬ﺸﻴﻭﻋ ّﻴﹰﺎ ﻜﺎ َ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺩل‪ ،‬ﻭ َﻴ ﹾﻨ َﻬ ﹺﺯ ُﻡ ﺒ ِﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻁ ُ‬

‫ﻋﺼﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻁﺎﺭ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴّﺔ‬ ‫ﻻ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺘﺒﻴّﻥ ﺒﻭﻀﻭﺡ ﻤﻘﺩﺍ َﺭ ﺤﻴﻭﻴّﺔ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﹼﺭﻴﻔﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻙ ﺇﹼ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴُﻌﺎﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﹼﺭﺠﻤ ﹶﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴّﺔ ﻻ َﻴ ْﻤِﻠ ُ‬ ‫ﻥ ﻅِﻼل ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻨﻁﻭﻱ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫ﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﻔﻭﱢﻗﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺭﻭﻋﺔ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺀ‪ .‬ﺒل ﺇ ّ‬ ‫ﻋ َﻴﺘِﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺩﺍﺀ ﺃﺩ ﹼ‬ ‫ﻭﻁﹶﻭﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﺴﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻤﻤّﺎ ﻴﺠﺩﻩ ﻓﻲ ﻜﺜﻴﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻐﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺤّ‬ ‫ﻑ ِ‬ ‫ﺡ ﺘﻌﺒﻴﺭﺍﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺭﻫ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻟﻔﺎﻅ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴّﺔ ﹶﻟ ﹶﺘﺒْﺩﻭ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﻘﹼﻕ ﺃﻜﺜ َﺭ ﺘﻨﻭّﻋﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺭﻭ َ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺸﻜﺴﺒﻴﺭ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻴﺴﺘﻁﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺯﻴﺩ ﺇﺒﺩﺍﻋﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ُﻴﺤَﻠﱢﻕ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺨﺭﻯ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺩ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻴﺨﻁﺭ ﻟﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻜﺜﻴﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﺤﻴﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺃ ّ‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﻴﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﹸﺭﻯ ﺃﺴﻤﻰ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻏﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﻭ ﺃﻨﹼﻪ ﻤﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﻴﺭ ﺒﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴّﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻜﺜﻴﺭﹰﺍ ﻤﺎ ﻜﻨﺕ ﺃﻟﻤﺢ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﹼﺎﻋﺭ ﻻ ﻴﺠﺩ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﻁﻴّﻌ ﹰﺔ ﻤﻌﻪ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﻌﺒّﺭ ﺒﻬﺎ ﻋﻤّﺎ ﻋﻨﺩﻩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺘﻪ‬ ‫ﺃﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﹼﺭﺠﻤﺔ ﺃ ّ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺭﺠﻡ ﻤﻠﺯﻡ ﺒﺄﻥ‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻹﻨﻜﻠﻴﺯﻴﺔ ﻜﺎﻟﺜﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻠﻬل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﺭّﺍﺌﻊ ﺍﻷﻨﻴﻕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻨﹼﻪ ﻟﻤﻤّﺎ ﻴﺅﺴﻑ ﻟﻪ ﺃ ّ‬ ‫ﻴﺅﺩّﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴّﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺴﻴﺤﺔ ﺍ ﹾﻟ َﻤﺭﹺﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﻨﻴّﺔ ﻤﺎ ﺍﻀﻁ ّﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻟﹼﻑ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺭّﻜﺎﻜﺔ ﻟﻀﻴﻕ ﻟﻐﺘﻪ ﻋﻥ ﻤﻌﺎﻨﻴﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻤﺤﻤﺩ ﻓﺭﻴﺩ ﺃﺒﻭ ﺤﺩﻴﺩ‪ ..‬ﻓﻲ ﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﺘﺭﺠﻤﺘﻪ ﻟ "ﻤﻜﺒﺕ"‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﻠﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺒﺘﻭﻥ‬ ‫ﺠ ﱠﻨ ِﺔ ُﻫ ْﻡ ﻓِﻴﻬَﺎ ﺨﹶﺎِﻟﺩُﻭﻥَ{ )ﻫﻭﺩ‪(٢٣ :‬‬ ‫ﺏ ﺍ ﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺼﺤَﺎ ُ‬ ‫ﺨﺒَﺘﹸﻭﺍ ِﺇﻟﹶﻰ َﺭ ﱢﺒ ﹺﻬ ْﻡ ﺃُﻭﹶﻟﺌِﻙَ َﺃ ْ‬ ‫ﻋ ِﻤﻠﹸﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﺼﱠﺎﻟِﺤَﺎﺕِ ﻭَ​َﺃ ﹾ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺁَﻤَﻨﹸﻭﺍ َﻭ َ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺍﱠﻟﺫِﻴ َ‬ ‫}ِﺇ ﱠ‬ ‫ـــــــــــــــــــــ‬

‫ﻥ ﺇﻟﻴ ِﻪ‬ ‫ﷲ ُﻤﻨِﻴﺒﹺﻴ َ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻤ َل ﻭ ﹶﻨ ْﻤﻀِﻲَ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻁﺭﻴﻕ ﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﺴَ‬ ‫ﺤ ِ‬ ‫ﻥ ﻭ ﹸﻨ ْ‬ ‫ﻕ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎ َ‬ ‫ﺼ ُﺩ ﹶ‬ ‫ﻥ ﻟﻨﻔﻭ َﺯ ﺒﺎﻟﺠ ﹼﻨ ِﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻠﻭ ِﺩ ﻓﻲ ﻨﻌﻴﻤِﻬﺎ ﺍ ﹾﻟﻤُﻘﻴﻡ ﺇ ﹼﻻ ﺃﻥ ﹶﻨ ْ‬ ‫ﻓﻤﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﺇﺫ ْ‬ ‫ﺤﺭﹺﻑ ﻋﻥ ﺼﺭﺍﻁﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﻴﻡ ﻭﻻ‬ ‫ﻥ ﻟﻌﺩﻟِﻪ ﻭﺤﻜﻤِﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻜ ﱢل ﺃﻤ ﹴﺭ ﻴُﺼﻴﺒُﻨﺎ ﻭﻴﻘ ُﻊ ﺒﻨﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻤﻥ ﺤﻭﻟﻨﺎ‪ ..‬ﻻ ﹶﻨ ﹾﻨ َ‬ ‫ﻁ ِﻤﺌْﻨﺎ ﹺ‬ ‫ﻁ َﻤ ِﺌﻨﱢﻴﻥ ﻜ ﱠل ﺍﻻ ﹾ‬ ‫ﺨﺎﺸِﻌﻴﻥ ﻟﻪ ُﻤ ﹾ‬ ‫ﺕ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﻗﻭﻯ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻑ ﻭﻻ ﻨﹸﺒﺎﻟﻲ ﻭﻟﻭ ﺍﺠﺘﻤﻌ ﹾ‬ ‫ﻨﺘﻭﻗﹼ ﹸ‬

‫ﻜﺭﺍﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﻴﺩ‬ ‫ل‪:‬‬ ‫ﻲ ﺼﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺴﻠﻡ ﻗﹶﺎ َ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺍﻟ ﱠﻨ ﹺﺒ ﱠ‬ ‫ﻥ َﺃ ﹶﻨﺱﹴ ﺭﻀﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ َﺃ ﱠ‬ ‫ﻋْ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ﺠ َﻊ‬ ‫ﻥ َﻴ ْﺭ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺸﻬﹺﻴﺩُ‪َ ،‬ﻴ ﹶﺘ َﻤﻨﱠﻰ َﺃ ْ‬ ‫ﻻ ﺍﻟ ﱠ‬ ‫ﻲﺀٍ ِﺇ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺸ ْ‬ ‫ﻥ ﹶ‬ ‫ﻷ ْﺭﺽﹺ ِﻤ ْ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﹶﻰ ﺍ َ‬ ‫ﺠ َﻊ ِﺇﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﻟ ﱡﺩ ﹾﻨﻴَﺎ َﻭﹶﻟ ُﻪ ﻤَﺎ َ‬ ‫ﻥ َﻴ ْﺭ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺤﺏﱡ َﺃ ْ‬ ‫ل ﺍ ﹾﻟﺠَ ﱠﻨ ﹶﺔ ُﻴ ِ‬ ‫ﺨُ‬ ‫»ﻤَﺎ ﺃَﺤَ ٌﺩ َﻴ ْﺩ ﹸ‬ ‫ﺸﻬَﺎ َﺩ ِﺓ« ﻤﺘﹼﻔﻕ‬ ‫ﻀلﹺ ﺍﻟ ﱠ‬ ‫ﻥ ﹶﻓ ْ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺍ ﹾﻟ ﹶﻜﺭَﺍ َﻤ ِﺔ« ﻭﻓﻲ ﺭﹺﻭﺍﻴ ٍﺔ‪ِ» :‬ﻟﻤَﺎ َﻴﺭَﻯ ِﻤ ْ‬ ‫ﺸ َﺭ َﻤﺭﱠﺍﺕٍ؛ ِﻟﻤَﺎ َﻴﺭَﻯ ِﻤ ْ‬ ‫ﻋﹾ‬ ‫ل َ‬ ‫ِﺇﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﻟ ﱡﺩ ﹾﻨﻴَﺎ ﹶﻓ ُﻴ ﹾﻘ ﹶﺘ َ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪٩‬‬


‫ﺍﻟﺩّﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻴﺔ ﺃﻤل‬ ‫ﺕ‬ ‫ﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺘﻠﻭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﻜﻨﺕ ﺃﺨﻁﺄ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴّﺎﻋﺎﺕِ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻤﻀﺕﹾ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺠﺘﻬ ْﺩ ﻟﻠﺴّﺎﻋﺎ ِ‬ ‫ﺕ ﺃﺼﺒ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺃﻴﱡﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻥ! ﺇﻥ ﻜﻨ ﹶ‬

‫ل ﻜﺒﻴ ٌﺭ‬ ‫ﻲ ﺃﻤ ٌ‬ ‫ل ُﻴ ﹶﻐﻴﱢ ُﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل‪ ،‬ﻭﺩﻗﻴﻘ ﹲﺔ ﺒﺎﻗﻴ ﹲﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺭ ﻫ َ‬ ‫ﻥ ﻴﻤﺤﻭ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤ ُ‬ ‫ﺢ ﺴﺎﻋ ﹰﺔ ﺒﺴﺎﻋﺔ؛ ﺍﻟﺯّﻤ ُ‬ ‫ﻓ ﹶﻜ ﱢﻔ ْﺭ ﻭﺍ ْﻤ ُ‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﺭﺤﻤﺔ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬

‫ﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻡ"‬ ‫ﻤﻥ ﻤﻘﺎﻟﺔ ﻟﻤﺼﻁﻔﻰ ﺼﺎﺩﻕ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﻓﻌﻲ ﺒﻌﻨﻭﺍﻥ‪" :‬ﺍﷲ ﺃﻜﺒﺭ" ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﹼﺩ ﺍﻷﻭّل ﻤﻥ ﻜﺘﺎﺒﻪ‪" :‬ﻭﺤ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺏ ﻭﺍﻹﺴﻼﻡ‬ ‫ل ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻴﻥ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫ل ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺏ ﻴﻘﺎ ُ‬ ‫ل ﺸﻲﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺭﺏ ﺒﺩﻭﻥ ﺇﺴﻼﻡ ﻻ ﺸﻲﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻤﺎ ﻴﻘﺎ ُ‬ ‫ﺏ ﺒﺎﻹﺴﻼﻡ ﻜ ﱡ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺭ َ‬ ‫ﺇﱠ‬

‫ل ﻤﻜﺎﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻜّ‬

‫ﻤﻥ ﻤﻘﺩّﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ ﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ "ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺭﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺌﺩ" ﻟﻠﹼﻭﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺭّﻜﻥ‪ :‬ﻤﺤﻤﻭﺩ ﺸﻴﺕ ﺨﻁﹼﺎﺏ‬

‫ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﻓﻴﻪ‬ ‫ل ﻤﻌﺘﺭﻑ‪..‬‬ ‫ل ﻤُﻨﻜِﺭ ﻭﻻ ﻴﺯﻴ ُﺩ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻗﻭ ُ‬ ‫ﺹ ﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﻗﻭ ُ‬ ‫ﺕ ﺸﻴﺌﹰﺎ ﻟﻪ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﹸﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺜﻕ ﺃﻨﹼﻬﺎ ﻗﻴﻤ ﹲﺔ "ﻤﺤﻔﻭﻅﺔ" ﻻ ﻴﻨﻘ ُ‬ ‫ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻋﻤﻠ ﹶ‬ ‫ﻀﻴْﻥ ﻟﻴﺱ ﻟﻬﻤﺎ ﺜﺎﻟﺙ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻡ ﺘﺒﻠﻎ ﺒﻙ ﺍﻟﺜﹼﻘﺔ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻠﻎ ﻓﺎﺠﻌﻠﹾﻬﺎ ﹶﻓﺭْﻀﹰﺎ ﺒﻴﻥ ﻓ ْﺭ َ‬

‫ﻥ ﻟﻠﻌﻤل ﻗﻴﻤ ﹲﺔ ﻤﺭﻫﻭﻨﺔ ﺒﻪ ﻓﻼ ﺒﺄﺱ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻤّﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻪ ﻤﺭﻫﻭﻨﺔ ﺒﻤﺸﻴﺌﺔ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺃﻭ ﺫﺍﻙ ﻓﻬﻭ‬ ‫ﺇﻤّﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻜﻭ َ‬ ‫ﺃﻫﻭﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺄﺴﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪..‬‬

‫ﻤﻥ ﻤﻘﺎل ﻟﻌﺒّﺎﺱ ﻤﺤﻤﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﹼﺎﺩ ﺒﻌﻨﻭﺍﻥ‪" :‬ﻓﻠﺴﻔﺘﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ"‪ ..‬ﻓﻲ ﻜﺘﺎﺒﻪ "ﺃﻨﺎ"‬

‫ﺃﺩﻤﻊ ﺍﻷ ّﻡ‬

‫) ‪(٩‬‬

‫ﺕ‬ ‫ﻷﻡﱢ ﻴﺎ ﻟﹶﻸ ﱢﻡ ﻫـل ﹶﺘﺭَ ﹶﻜـ ﹾ‬ ‫ﻭﺃﺩﻤـ ُﻊ ﺍ ُ‬

‫ﻟﻬﺎ ﺩﻤﻭﻋـﹰﺎ ﻭﺃﺠﻔﺎﻨـﹰﺎ ﻋﻭﺍﺩﻴﻨﺎ‬

‫ﺽ ﺍﻟﺩّﻤ ُﻊ ُﻤ ﹾﻨ َﻬﻤِﺭﹰﺍ‬ ‫ﺴﻌَﺩَ ﺍﻟﺩّﻤ ُﻊ ﻓﺎ َ‬ ‫ﻥ َﺃ ْ‬ ‫ﺇْ‬

‫ﺏ ﻴﺒﻜﻴﻨـﺎ‬ ‫ﺽ َﻤ ْﺩ َﻤﻌُﻬﺎ ﻓﺎﻟﻘﻠ ُ‬ ‫ﺃﻭ ﻏﺎ َ‬

‫ﺤ ُﻪ‬ ‫ﺡ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟ ُﺒ ْﻌـ ِﺩ ﻴﺎ ُﺃﻤّـﺎ ُﻩ ﹶﻗﺭﱠ َ‬ ‫ﺠـ ْﺭ ٌ‬ ‫ُ‬

‫ﻕ ﺍ ﹾﻟﻤُﺩﺍﻭﻴﻨﺎ‬ ‫ﻥ ﻭﻟ ْﻡ َﻴ ﹾﻠـ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺴـﻨﻴ ﹺ‬ ‫َﻤ ﱡﺭ ﺍﻟ ّ‬

‫ﺡ ﺤَﻤﻠﹾﻨـﺎ ﻜِﻼﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺠَﻭﺍ ِﻨﺤِﻨـﺎ‬ ‫ﺠﺭ ٌ‬

‫ﻕ ُﻴﺭْﺩﻴﻨﺎ‬ ‫ﺸ ْﻭ ِ‬ ‫ﺕ ﺍﻟ ﹼ‬ ‫ﻋﺼَﻔﺎ ِ‬ ‫ﻴﻜﺎ ُﺩ ﻓﻲ َ‬

‫ـﺭُﻨﺎ‬ ‫ﺼ ّﺒ ُ‬ ‫ﹶﻟﺌِﻥ ﺠَﺯﹺﻋْﻨـﺎ ﻓﻘﺩ َﺃ ْﻭﺩَﻯ ﹶﺘ َ‬

‫ﻕ ﻭﻗـﺩ ﺃﻋْﻴﺎ ﹶﺘﺴَـﻠﱢﻴﻨﺎ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔِﺭﺍ ِ‬

‫ﺠﺘﹶﻤِﻌﺎﹰ‬ ‫ل ُﻤ ْ‬ ‫ﻑ ﻴﻌﻭ ُﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﱠ ْﻤ ُ‬ ‫ﻴﺎ ﺃ ﱢﻡ ﺴـﻭ ﹶ‬

‫ﷲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﱡﻠﻘﹾﻴـﺎ ﺃَﻤﺎﻨﻴﻨـﺎ‬ ‫ﺨ ﱠﻴﺏَ ﺍ ُ‬ ‫ﻻ ﹶ‬

‫ﻻ ﹶﻨ ﹾﻠﺘﹶﻘـﻲ ﹶﻓ ﹶﻐـﺩﹰﺍ‬ ‫ﷲﺃﹼ‬ ‫ﻓﺈﻥ ﹶﻗﻀَـﻰ ﺍ ُ‬

‫ل ﺭﺤﻤﺘـ ِﻪ ﻴﺤﻠـﻭ ﺘﹶﻼﻗِﻴﻨﺎ‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﻅ ﱢ‬ ‫ﻤﻥ ﻗﺼﻴﺩﺓ ﻁﻭﻴﻠﺔ ﻟﻌﺼﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻁﺎﺭ ﺴﻨﺔ ‪١٩٧٩‬ﻡ‬

‫ــــــــــــــــ‬ ‫)‪ -(٩‬ﻋﻭﺍﺩﻴﻨﺎ‪ :‬ﺃﻱ ﻤﺼﺎﺌﺏ ﺍﻟﺩّﻫﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﹼﺎﺯﻟﺔ ﺒﻨﺎ‬ ‫ﻭﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﺒﻴﺎﺕﹸ ﹸﺘ َﻤﺜﱢل ﺤﺎ َل ﺃﻤّﻲ ﻭﺃﺒﻲ ﻭﺘﻤﺜﹼ ُل ﺤﺎﻟﻲ ﺒﻌﻴﺩﺓﹰ ﻋﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻴﺎ ﹺﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﹶﺭْﺏ‪ ..‬ﻭﻟﻌﻠﹼﻬﺎ ﹸﺘ َﻤﺜﱢ ُل ﺤﺎ َل ﻜﺜﻴﺭﻴﻥَ ﻏﻴﺭﹺﻫﻤﺎ ﻭﻏﻴﺭﻱ‪ ..‬ﻭﻟﺫﻟﻙ‬ ‫ﺍﺨ ﹶﺘ ْﺭﺘﹸﻬﺎ ﻷﻗ ّﺩﻤَﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ "ﻗﺒﺴﺎﺕ"‪.‬‬

‫‪١٠‬‬


‫ﻨﻤﻀﻲ ﻤﻊ ﺍﷲ‬

‫)‪(١٠‬‬

‫ﺢ ﺍﻟ َﺒﻌِﻴﺩﻴﻨـﺎ‬ ‫ﻴﺎ ﺸـﺎ ُﻡ ﻫﺫﻱ ﺘﹶﺒﺎﺭﻴ ُ‬

‫ﺴﺘﹶﻬﺎﻤِﻴﻨـﺎ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺍ ﹾﻟ ُﻤ ْ‬ ‫ﺸـﺠﻭ ُ‬ ‫ﻴﺎ ﺸﺎ ُﻡ ﻫﺫﻱ ﹸ‬

‫ﺕ ﺍﻟ ﱢﺫﻜﹾﺭﻯ ﻟﹶﻭﺍﻋِﺠَﻨـﺎ‬ ‫ﺠ ِ‬ ‫ﻴﺎ ﺸﺎ ُﻡ َﻫ ﱠﻴ َ‬

‫ﺕ ﺩﻤﻌَﻬـﺎ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﻲ ﻤَﺂﻗﻴﻨـﺎ‬ ‫ﺼ ﹾ‬ ‫ﺨ َ‬ ‫ﻭَﺃ ْﺭ ﹶ‬

‫ﺕ ﹶﻗﺩْﺭﹰﺍ ﻤَﻁﺎِﻟﺒُﻨﺎ‬ ‫ﻅ َﻤ ﹾ‬ ‫ﻋﹸ‬ ‫ﻴﺎ ﺸـﺎ ُﻡ ﻗﺩ َ‬

‫ﺕ ﺸـﺄﻭﹰﺍ ﻤَﺭﺍﻤﻴﻨـﺎ‬ ‫ﻴﺎ ﺸﺎ ُﻡ ﻗﺩ َﺒ ُﻌ َﺩ ﹾ‬

‫ﷲ ﻻ ﻨﺩﺭﻱ َﺃ ﹸﺘﺩْﻨﻴﻨﺎ‬ ‫ﻨﹶﻤﻀـﻲ ﻤ َﻊ ﺍ ِ‬

‫ﻙ ﺃﻡ ﺘﺄﺒﻰ ﻓ ﹸﺘﻘﹾﺼـﻴﻨـﺎ‬ ‫ﺃﻗﺩﺍﺭُﻨﺎ ﻤﻨـ ِ‬

‫ﷲ ﻻ ﹶﺘﺩْﺭﻱ ﺠَﻭﺍﺭﻴﻨﺎ‬ ‫ﻨﻤﻀﻲ ﻤﻊ ﺍ ِ‬

‫ﻥ ﺘﹸﺭﻯ ﻨﹸﻠﹾﻘـﻲ ﻤَﺭﺍﺴـﻴﻨﺎ‬ ‫ﻤﺘﹶﻰ َﻭﺃَﻴ َ‬

‫ﷲ ﻭﺍﻹﺴـﻼ ُﻡ ﻴَﻬْﺩﻴﻨﺎ‬ ‫ﻨﻤﻀﻲ ﻤ َﻊ ﺍ ِ‬

‫ﷲ ُﻴﺯْﺠﻴـﻨـﺎ‬ ‫ﺴـ ﹸﻜـﻨـﺎ ﻭﺍ ُ‬ ‫ﷲ ُﻴ ْﻤ ِ‬ ‫ﺍ ُ‬

‫ﺠـﻠﱠﻰ ﺘﹸﻨﺎﺩﻴﻨـﺎ‬ ‫ﷲ ﻭﺍﻟ ُ‬ ‫ﻨﻤﻀﻲ ﻤ َﻊ ﺍ ِ‬

‫ﻥ ﻤﺎ َﻴﺨﹾﺘﺎ ُﺭ ﺭﺍﻀﻴﻨﺎ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺭﺍﻀﻴ َ‬ ‫ﺭﺍﻀﻴ َ‬

‫ﷲ ﹸﻗ ْﺩﻤـﹰﺎ ﻻ ﹸﺘ َﻌ ﱢﻭﻗﹸﻨـﺎ‬ ‫ﻨﻤﻀﻲ ﻤ َﻊ ﺍ ِ‬

‫ﺕ‪ -‬ﻤَﺂﺴﻴﻨﺎ‬ ‫ﺠﱠﻠ ﹾ‬ ‫ﻥ َ‬ ‫ﻀﻲﱢ ‪-‬ﻭﺇ ْ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺍ ﹾﻟ ُﻤ ِ‬ ‫ﻋﹺ‬

‫______________________________‬ ‫)‪ -(١٠‬ﺃﺒﻴﺎﺕ ﻤﻥ ﻨﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻴﺩﺓ ﻟﻌﺼﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻁﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﺏ ﻭﻓﻜﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﻓﻴﻘﺎ‬ ‫ﻭﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﺒﻴﺎﺕ ﺘﻌﺒّﺭ ﻋﻤّﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻨﻔﺴﻲ ﺃﻴﻀ ﹰﺎ ﻜﻤﺎ ﺘﻌﺒّﺭ ﻋﻤّﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻨﻔﺱ ﻋﺼﺎﻡ‪ ..‬ﻓﻨﺤﻥ ‪ -‬ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻤﺩ ﷲ ‪ -‬ﺯﻭﺠﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺼﺩﻴﻘﺎ ﻗﻠ ﹴ‬ ‫ﻋﻘﻴﺩﺓٍ ﻭﺠﻬﺎﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺽ ﻋَﻨﹼﺎ ﻴﺎ ﺃﷲ!‬ ‫ﺕ ﺭﺍ ﹴ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺒﻘﻀﺎﺌﻙ ﻭﻗﺩﺭﻙ‪ ،‬ﻭﺒﻜ ّل ﻤﺎ ﻴُﺼﻴﺒُﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺴﺒﻴﻠﻙ‪ ..‬ﻓﻬل ﺃﻨ ﹶ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺭﺍﻀﻭ َ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻠﻬ ّﻡ ﺇﻨﹼﺎ ﺭﺍﻀﻭ َ‬ ‫ﻥ‬ ‫ﻙ ﺍﻟ ُﻭﺩﱡ ﻓﺎﻟ ﹸﻜ ﱡل ﻫ ّﻴ ٌ‬ ‫ﺢ ﻤﻨ َ‬ ‫ﺼﱠ‬ ‫ﺇﺫﺍ َ‬ ‫ﺏ‬ ‫ﺏ ﺘﹸﺭﺍ ُ‬ ‫ﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﹼﺭﺍ ﹺ‬ ‫ﻭﻜ ﱡل ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻓﻭ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺤلّ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﺴَﺨﹶﻁﹸﻙ‪ ،‬ﻟﻙ‬ ‫ﺼﻠﹶﺢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﻤ ُﺭ ﺍﻟﺩّﻨﻴﺎ ﻭﺍﻵﺨﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻤﻥ ﺃﻥ ﹸﺘ ﹾﻨﺯﹺ َل ﺒﻨﺎ ﻏﻀﺒَﻙ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ َﻴ ُ‬ ‫ﻅﻠﹸﻤﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭ َ‬ ‫ﺕ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟ ﱡ‬ ‫ﺸ َﺭ ﹶﻗ ﹾ‬ ‫"ﻨﻌﻭ ﹸﺫ ﺒﻨﻭﺭ ﻭﺠﻬﻙ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺃ ﹾ‬ ‫ﺍ ﹾﻟ ُﻌﺘﹾﺒﻰ‬

‫)‪(١١‬‬

‫ﺤﺘﹼﻰ ﺘﺭﻀﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺤﻭل ﻭﻻ ﻗﻭّﺓ ﺇ ﹼﻻ ﺒﻙ"‪.‬‬

‫ــــــــــــــــــــ‬

‫)‪ -(١١‬ﺍﻟﻌﺘﺒﻰ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺭّﺠﻭﻉ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻹﺴﺎﺀﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻤﺎ ﻴُﺭﻀﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺘﺏ‪.‬‬

‫ﻤﻥ ﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺘﻌﺯﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃ ّﻡ‬ ‫ﺕ )ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻴﺎﺫ ﺒﺎﷲ( ﺇﻴﻤﺎﻨﻙ؟‬ ‫ﻙ ﻓﻬل ﻓﻘﺩ ِ‬ ‫ﺇﻥ ﹶﻓ ﹶﻘ ْﺩﺕِ ﺒﻨ ﹶﺘ ِ‬ ‫ﻥ ﻗﻴﻤ ﹶﺔ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﹼﻌﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﱠﻠﻭْﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﻴَﻌﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤ ُ‬ ‫ﻑ ﺍﻟﺤﺯ ﹺ‬ ‫ل ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍ ﹾﻟﻤَﻭﺍﻗﻑ‪ :‬ﻤﻭﺍﻗ ِ‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ِﻤ ﹾﺜ ﹺ‬ ‫ﻥ ﻤﺎﺕ ﻟﻪ ﻋﺯﻴﺯ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻴﻨﺘﺤﺭ‪ ..‬ﺇﻨﹼﻪ ﻴﺘﺼﻭّ ُﺭ ﺃﻨﹼﻪ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻟﻪ‬ ‫ﺠﻥﱡ ﺇ ْ‬ ‫ﻻ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎ ﹶﺓ ﺍﻟﺩّﻨﻴﺎ ُﻴ َ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ ُﺩ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻻ ﻴﺭﻯ ﺇ ﹼ‬ ‫ﻓﻔﻘﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻜﺎﻥ ﻤﻌﻪ ﻓﻔﺎﺭﻗﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺒﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻥ ﺒﻌﺩ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﺍﻕ ﻟﻘﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﺤﻴﺙ ﻴﻠﺘﻘﻲ‬ ‫ﷲ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺃﻋﻁﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺃﺨﺫ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃ ّ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺍ َ‬ ‫ﻥ ﻓﻴَﻌْﻠﻡ ﺃ ّ‬ ‫ﺃﻤّﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤ ُ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻟﺤﻭﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﹼﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻭ ﻴﺠﺘﻬﺩ ﻟﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻫل ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﺴﺄل ﺍﷲ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺭﺤﻡ َﻤ ﱢﻴﺘﹶﻪ ﻭﻴﺠﻌﻠﹶﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻫل‬ ‫ﻕ ﺒﻌﺩﻩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺡ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﺎﺀ ﻟﻘﺎ ًﺀ ﺩﺍﺌﻤﹰﺎ ﺴﻌﻴﺩﹰﺍ ﻻ ﻓﺭﺍ ﹶ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺇﻴﻤﺎﻨﹸﻙ؟‬ ‫ﻕ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﺭ‪ ..‬ﻓﺄﻴ َ‬ ‫ﻫﺫﺍ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﻔﺭ ﹸ‬

‫ﻤﻥ ﻜﺘﺎﺏ "ﺘﻌﺯﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻡ" ﻟﻸﺴﺘﺎﺫ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻁﹼﻨﻁﺎﻭﻱ‬

‫‪١١‬‬


‫ﻓﻲ ﺴﺒﻴل ﺍﷲ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻀﻌﻔﻴﻥ‬ ‫ﺠﻨﹶﺎ‬ ‫ﺨ ﹺﺭ ْ‬ ‫ﻥ َﺭ ﱠﺒﻨﹶﺎ َﺃ ﹾ‬ ‫ﻥ َﻴﻘﹸﻭﻟﹸﻭ َ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺍﱠﻟﺫِﻴ َ‬ ‫ل ﻭَﺍﻟ ﱢﻨﺴَﺎ ِﺀ ﻭَﺍ ﹾﻟ ﹺﻭ ﹾﻟﺩَﺍ ﹺ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺍﻟ ﱢﺭﺠَﺎ ﹺ‬ ‫ﻥ ِﻤ َ‬ ‫ﻀ َﻌﻔِﻴ َ‬ ‫ﺴ ﹶﺘ ْ‬ ‫ل ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪِ ﻭَﺍ ﹾﻟ ُﻤ ْ‬ ‫ﺴﺒﹺﻴ ﹺ‬ ‫} َﻭ َﻤﺎ ﹶﻟ ﹸﻜ ْﻡ ﻻ ﹸﺘﻘﹶﺎ ِﺘﻠﹸﻭﻥَ ﻓِﻲ َ‬ ‫ﻥ َﺁ َﻤﻨﹸﻭﺍ ُﻴﻘﹶﺎ ِﺘﻠﹸﻭﻥَ ﻓِﻲ‬ ‫ﻥ ﹶﻟ ُﺩ ﹾﻨﻙَ ﻨﹶﺼِﻴﺭًﺍ‪ .‬ﺍﱠﻟﺫِﻴ َ‬ ‫ﺠﻌَل ﻟﹶﻨﹶﺎ ِﻤ ْ‬ ‫ﻥ ﹶﻟ ُﺩ ﹾﻨﻙَ َﻭِﻟﻴ‪‬ﺎ ﻭَﺍ ْ‬ ‫ﺠﻌَل ﹶﻟﻨﹶﺎ ِﻤ ْ‬ ‫ﻥ َﻫ ِﺫ ِﻩ ﺍ ﹾﻟ ﹶﻘ ْﺭﻴَﺔِ ﺍﻟﻅﱠﺎِﻟ ﹺﻡ َﺃ ْﻫﹸﻠﻬَﺎ ﻭَﺍ ْ‬ ‫ِﻤ ْ‬ ‫ﻀﻌِﻴﻔﹰﺎ{‬ ‫ﻥ َ‬ ‫ﻥ ﻜﹶﺎ َ‬ ‫ﺸ ْﻴﻁﹶﺎ ﹺ‬ ‫ﻥ ﹶﻜ ْﻴﺩَ ﺍﻟ ﱠ‬ ‫ﻥ ِﺇ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺸ ْﻴﻁﹶﺎ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺕ ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﺘِﻠﹸﻭﺍ َﺃ ْﻭِﻟﻴَﺎ َﺀ ﺍﻟ ﱠ‬ ‫ل ﺍﻟﻁﱠﺎﻏﹸﻭ ِ‬ ‫ﺴﺒﹺﻴ ﹺ‬ ‫ل ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪِ ﻭَﺍﻟﱠﺫِﻴﻥَ ﹶﻜ ﹶﻔﺭُﻭﺍ ُﻴﻘﹶﺎ ِﺘﻠﹸﻭﻥَ ﻓِﻲ َ‬ ‫ﺴﺒﹺﻴ ﹺ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫)ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ‪.(٧٦-٧٥ :‬‬

‫ﻟﻘﺩ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻟﻜﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺴﻭل ﺍﷲ ﺃﺴﻭﺓ ﺤﺴﻨﺔ‬ ‫ﺱ ﻋﻨ َﺩ ﻅﻬ ﹺﺭ ﺍﻟ ﹶﻜ ْﻌﺒَﺔ‪ ،‬ﺜ ّﻡ ﻗﺎل ﺒﻌﻀُﻬﻡ ﻟﺒﻌﺽ‪ :‬ﺍﺒﻌﺜﻭﺍ‬ ‫ﺏ ﺍﻟﺸﹼﻤ ﹺ‬ ‫ل ﻗﺒﻴﻠﺔٍ ﺒﻌ َﺩ ﻏﺭﻭ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺵ ﻤﻥ ﻜ ﱢ‬ ‫ﻑ ﹸﻗ َﺭ ْﻴ ﹴ‬ ‫ﺍﺠﺘﻤ َﻊ ﺃﺸﺭﺍ ﹸ‬ ‫ﻑ ﻗﻭﻤِﻙ ﻗﺩ ﺍﺠﺘﻤﻌﻭﺍ ﻟﻙ ﻟﻴﻜﻠﱢﻤﻭﻙ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺃﺸﺭﺍ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﻤﺤ ّﻤ ٍﺩ ﻓﻜﻠﱢﻤﻭﻩ ﻭﺨﺎﺼﻤﻭﻩ ﺤﺘﻰ ﹸﺘ ْﻌﺫِﺭﻭﺍ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺒﻌﺜﻭﺍ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‪ :‬ﺇ ّ‬ ‫ﻥ ﻗ ْﺩ ﺒَﺩﺍ ﻟﻬﻡ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻜﻠﹼﻤﻬﻡ ﻓﻴﻪ َﺒﺩَﺍﺀ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻥ َﺃ ْ‬ ‫ل ﺍﷲ ﺼﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺴﻠﻡ ﺴَﺭﻴﻌﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻭ ﻴﻅ ّ‬ ‫ﻓ ْﺄﺘِﻬﹺﻡ‪ .‬ﻓﺠﺎﺀﻫﻡ ﺭﺴﻭ ُ‬ ‫ﺱ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻟﻭﺍ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﻴﺎ ﻤﺤﻤّﺩ‪ ،‬ﺇﻨﹼﺎ ﻗﺩ َﺒ َﻌﺜﹾﻨﺎ‬ ‫ﻋ ﹶﻨ ﹸﺘﻬُﻡ‪ ،‬ﺤﺘﻰ ﺠﻠ َ‬ ‫ﺸﺩَﻫﻡ ﻭ َﻴ ِﻌ ﱡﺯ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ َ‬ ‫ﺤﺏّ ُﺭ ﹾ‬ ‫ﻭﻜﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻡ ﺤﺭﻴﺼﹰﺎ ُﻴ ِ‬ ‫ﺕ‬ ‫ﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻭﻤﻙ‪ ،‬ﻟﻘﺩ ﺸﺘﻤ ﹶ‬ ‫ل ﻤﺎ ﺃﺩﺨﻠ ﹶ‬ ‫ل ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻭﻤﻪ ﻤﺜ َ‬ ‫ﺨَ‬ ‫ﻼ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺏ َﺃ ْﺩ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺇﻟﻴﻙ ﻟﻨﻜﻠﹼﻤَﻙ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻨﹼﺎ ﻭﺍﷲ ﻤﺎ ﻨﻌﻠﻡ ﺭﺠ ﹰ‬ ‫ﻻ ﻗﺩ ﺠﺌﺘﹶﻪ‬ ‫ﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﺒﻘﻲ ﺃﻤ ٌﺭ ﻗﺒﻴﺢ ﺇ ﹼ‬ ‫ﺕ ﺍﻷﺤْﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﺭﱠﻗ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺕ ﺍﻵﻟﻬﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺴَ ﱠﻔ ْﻬ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺕ ﺍﻟﺩﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺸﺘﻤ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺍﻵﺒﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺒ ﹶ‬ ‫ﻻ ﺠﻤﻌﻨﺎ ﻟﻙ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻤﻭﺍﻟﻨﺎ ﺤﺘﻰ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﺃﻜﺜﺭَﻨﺎ‬ ‫ﺏ ﺒﻪ ﻤﺎ ﹰ‬ ‫ﺕ ﺒﻬﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺙ ﺘﻁﻠ ُ‬ ‫ﺕ ﺇﻨﹼﻤﺎ ﺠﺌ ﹶ‬ ‫ﻥ ﻜﻨ ﹶ‬ ‫ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺒﻴﻨﻨﺎ ﻭﺒﻴﻨﻙ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈ ْ‬ ‫ﻑ ﻓﻴﻨﺎ ﻓﻨﺤﻥ ﹸﻨﺴَ ﱢﻭﺩُﻙ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﻜﻨﺕ ﺘﺭﻴ ُﺩ ﺒﻪ ُﻤﻠﹾﻜﹰﺎ ﻤﻠﱠﻜﻨﺎﻙ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ‪..‬‬ ‫ﺸﺭَ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺏ ﺒﻪ ﺍﻟ ﹼ‬ ‫ﺕ ﺇﻨﹼﻤﺎ ﺘﻁﻠ ُ‬ ‫ﻤﺎﻻﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﻜﻨ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺕ ﺒﻤﺎ ﺠﺌﺘﹸﻜﻡ ﺒﻪ ﺃﻁﻠﺏ ﺃﻤﻭﺍﻟﹶﻜﻡ ﻭﻻ‬ ‫ﻓﻘﺎل ﻟﻬﻡ ﺭﺴﻭل ﺍﷲ ﺼﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺴﻠﻡ‪» :‬ﻤﺎ ﺒﻲ ﻤﺎ ﺘﻘﻭﻟﻭﻥ‪ ،‬ﻤﺎ ﺠﺌ ﹸ‬ ‫ﻲ ﻜﺘﺎﺒﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻤﺭَﻨﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻜﻭﻥ ﻟﻜﻡ‬ ‫ﷲ ﺒﻌﺜﻨﻲ ﺇﻟﻴﻜﻡ ﺭﺴﻭﻻﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻨﺯلَ ﻋﻠ ﱠ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺍ َ‬ ‫ﻙ ﻋﻠﻴﻜﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜ ﱠ‬ ‫ﻑ ﻓﻴﻜﻡ ﻭﻻ ﺍﻟﻤﻠ َ‬ ‫ﺸﺭَ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺍﻟ ﱠ‬ ‫ﻅ ﹸﻜ ْﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺩّﻨﻴﺎ‬ ‫ﺤﱡ‬ ‫ﺕ ﻟﻜﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺘﻘﺒﻠﻭﺍ ﻤﻨﹼﻲ ﻤﺎ ﺠﺌﺘﻜﻡ ﺒﻪ ﻓﻬﻭ َ‬ ‫ﺕ ﺭﺒّﻲ ﻭﻨﺼﺤ ﹸ‬ ‫ﺒﺸﻴﺭﹰﺍ ﻭﻨﺫﻴﺭﺍﹰ‪ ،‬ﻓﺒﻠﹼﻐﺘﹸﻜﻡ ﺭﺴﺎﻻ ِ‬ ‫ﷲ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻴﺤﻜ َﻡ ﺍﷲ ﺒﻴﻨﻲ ﻭﺒﻴﻨﻜﻡ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﻲ ﺃﺼﺒ ْﺭ ﻷﻤ ﹺﺭ ﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻵﺨﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﺘﺭﺩﱡﻭﻩ ﻋﹶﻠ ﱠ‬

‫ﺴﻴﺭﺓ ﺍﺒﻥ ﻫﺸﺎﻡ‬

‫ﻻ ﻨﺎﻤﺕ ﺃﻋﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺒﻨﺎﺀ‬ ‫ﻲ ﻤﻥ ﻟﻴﻠ ٍﺔ ﺸﺩﻴﺩ ِﺓ‬ ‫ﺏ ﺇﻟ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺤ ﱠ‬ ‫ﻥ ﻟﻴﻠ ٍﺔ ﺃ َ‬ ‫ﺽ ِﻤ ْ‬ ‫ﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺭ ﹺ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﻟﻴﺩ ﺭﻀﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻋﻨ َﺩ ﻤﻭﺘِﻪ‪» :‬ﻤﺎ ﻜﺎ َ‬ ‫ﻗﺎل ﺨﺎﻟ ُﺩ ﺒ ُ‬ ‫ﺢ ﺒﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﻭَ‪ ،‬ﹶﻓ َﻌﹶﻠ ْﻴ ﹸﻜ ْﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﺠﻬﺎﺩ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺼﺒﱢ ُ‬ ‫ﺴ ﹺﺭ ﱠﻴ ٍﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﺠﺭﻴﻥ ُﺃ َ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺠﻠﻴﺩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ َ‬

‫ﻁ ْﻌ ﹶﻨ ﹲﺔ ﺃﻭ َﺭ ْﻤﻴَﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻀ ْﺭ َﺒ ﹲﺔ ﺃﻭ ﹶ‬ ‫ﻻ ﻭﻓﻴﻪ َ‬ ‫ﺸﺒْﺭ ﺇ ﹼ‬ ‫ﻑ ﺃﻭ ﺯُﻫﺎﺀَﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺠﺴﺩﻱ َﻤﻭْﻀ ُﻊ ِ‬ ‫ﺤ ٍ‬ ‫ﺕ ﻤﺎﺌ ﹶﺔ َﺯ ْ‬ ‫ﺜ ّﻡ ﻗﺎل‪» :‬ﺸﻬﹺﺩ ﹸ‬

‫ﺠ َﺒﻨﹶﺎﺀ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﻥ ﺍ ﹾﻟ ُ‬ ‫ﺕ ﺃﻋﻴ ُ‬ ‫ﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﻴﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﻨﺎﻤ ﹾ‬ ‫ﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓِﺭﺍﺸﻲ ﻜﻤﺎ ﻴﻤﻭ ﹸ‬ ‫ﺜ ّﻡ ﻫﺎ ﺃﻨﺎ ﺫﺍ ﺃﻤﻭ ﹸ‬

‫"ﻗﺎﺩﺓ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺍﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﺯﻴﺭﺓ" ﻟﻠﻭﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺭّﻜﻥ ﻤﺤﻤﻭﺩ ﺸﻴﺕ ﺨﻁﺎﺏ‬

‫‪١٢‬‬


‫ﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺩّﻴﺎﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﹼﺴﻙ‬ ‫ﻑ ﺒﹺﻤَ ﱠﻜ ﹶﺔ ﺯﺍﺌﺭﺍﹰ‬ ‫ﻁ ﹾ‬ ‫لﻭﹸ‬ ‫ﺼﱢ‬ ‫ﺼ ْﻡ ﹸﺜﻡﱠ َ‬ ‫ُ‬

‫ﺕ ﹶﻟ ُﻪ‬ ‫ﻀ ﹾ‬ ‫ﻋ َﺭ َ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ َ‬ ‫ل ﺍﻟﺩﱢﻴﺎ ﹶﻨ ﹶﺔ َﻤ ْ‬ ‫ﺠَﻬﹺ َ‬

‫ﻙ‬ ‫ﺴِ‬ ‫ﺕ ﺒﻨﺎ ِ‬ ‫ﺴﺒْﻌﹰﺎ ﻓﻠﺴ ﹶ‬ ‫ﻥﻻ َ‬ ‫ﺴـﺒْﻌﻴ َ‬ ‫َ‬

‫ﻑ ﺒﺎ ﹾﻟ ُﻤﺘﹶﻤﺎﺴِﻙِ‬ ‫ﻋـ ُﻪ ﻟﻡ ُﻴ ﹾﻠـ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺃﻁﻤﺎ ُ‬

‫ﺃﺒﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺭّﻱ‬

‫ﺩﻴﻥ ﺴﻭﺀ ﻴﺩﻭﺭ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺩّﻭل‬ ‫ﺕ ﺒﻬﺎ ﺃﺒﺎ ﺴﻌﻴﺩ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻱ‪َ :‬ﻭ ْﻴﺤَﻙ! ﺘﻘﻭل ﻓﻲ ﻗﺼﻴﺩﺘِﻙ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺭَ ﹶﺜ ْﻴ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺤﺘﹸﺭ ّ‬ ‫ﺕ ﻟﻠ ُﺒ ْ‬ ‫ﻥ ﻋﺒ ِﺩ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻜﹶﺠّﻲ ﻗﺎل‪ :‬ﻗﻠ ﹸ‬ ‫ﺤﺩّﺙ ﺇﺒﺭﺍﻫﻴ ُﻡ ﺒ ُ‬ ‫ﺨﻠﹸﻭﻗﹶﺎ‬ ‫ﻥ ﻜﻼ َﻤ ُﻪ ﺍ ﹾﻟ َﻤ ﹾ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺨﺎِﻟ ﹶﻘ ُﻬ ْﻡ ﺒ َﺄ ﹾﻗﺒَﺢﹺ ِﻓ ْﻌِﻠ ﹺﻬ ْﻡ ‪ ...‬ﻭﻴُﺤﺭﱢﻓﻭ َ‬ ‫ﻯ ﻓﺄﻓﻴﻘﺎ ‪َ ...‬ﻴﺭْﻤﻭ َ‬ ‫ﻥ ﻫَﻭ ً‬ ‫ﺏ ِﻤ ْ‬ ‫ﺼ ﱞ‬ ‫ﺃﺃﻓﹼﺎﻕ َ‬

‫ﺨ ﹾﻠﻕِ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺁﻥ( ﺜ ّﻡ‬ ‫ﺕ ﹶﻗﺩَﺭﹺﻴّﺎﹰ ُﻤ ْﻌﺘﹶﺯﹺﻟ ّﻴﺎﹰ؟ ﻓﻘﺎل ﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﻜﺎﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺩِﻴﻨﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻴّﺎ ﹺﻡ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺜِﻕ )ﻴﻌﻨﻲ ﺃﻴّﺎ َﻡ ﻜﺎﻨﻭﺍ ﻴﻘﻭﻟﻭﻥ ﺒﹺ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺃﺼِﺭ ﹶ‬

‫ﺕ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻴّﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻭﻜﹼل )ﺃﻱ ﺤﻴﻥ ﻨﺯﻋﻭﺍ ﻋﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﻭل(‬ ‫ﻋ ﹸ‬ ‫ﹶﻨ َﺯ ْ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺴُﻭ ٍﺀ ﻴﺩﻭ ُﺭ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟ ﱡﺩﻭَل‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﺒَﺎﺩَﺓ‪ ،‬ﻫﺫﺍ ﺩِﻴ ُ‬ ‫ﻓﻘﻠﺕ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﻴﺎ ﺃﺒﺎ ُ‬

‫"ﻓﻲ ﻀﻭﺀ ﺍﻟﺭﺴّﺎﻟﺔ" ﻷﺤﻤﺩ ﺤﺴﻥ ﺍﻟﺯﻴّﺎﺕ‬

‫ـــــــــــــــــــــــ‬ ‫ﺸﻌَﺭﺍﺌِﻨﺎ ﻭ ﹸﻜﺘﱠﺎﺒﹺﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﺎ ﹺﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻐﺎ ﹺﺭ ﻓﻲ َﺩ َﻭﺭَﺍ ِﻨ ِﻪ ﻤﻊ‬ ‫ﻥ ﹸ‬ ‫ﻥ ﻜﺜﻴ ﹴﺭ ِﻤ ْ‬ ‫ﺸ َﺒ َﻪ ﺩﻴ َ‬ ‫ﻱ‪ :‬ﻤﺎ ﺃ ﹾ‬ ‫ﻑ ﻋﺎ ﹴﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﻓﺎ ِﺓ ﺍ ﹾﻟﺒُﺤﺘﺭ ّ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺃﻟ ِ‬ ‫ﻭﺃﻨﺎ ﺃﻗﻭ ُل ﺍﻵﻥَ ﺒﻌ َﺩ ﺃﻜﺜﺭ ِﻤ ْ‬ ‫ﻱ ﺭﺤﻤﻪ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺤﺘﹸﺭ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺩﱡﻭَل ﺒﺩﻴﻥ ﺃﺒﻲ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﹶﺓ ﺍ ﹾﻟ ُﺒ ْ‬

‫ﹸﺫلﱡ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺼﻴﺔ ﻭﻋ ّﺯ ﺍﻟﻁﹼﺎﻋﺔ‬ ‫ﺴﻠﹾﻁﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻜﹶ ﹾﺜﺭَﺓﹸ ﺒﻼ ﻋَﺸﻴﺭﺓ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺴﺭﱠ ُﻩ ﺍﻟﻐِﻨﻰ ﺒﻼ ﻤﺎل‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌِﺯﱡ ﺒﻼ ُ‬ ‫ﻥ َ‬ ‫ﻲ ﺒﻥ ﺃﺒﻲ ﻁﺎﻟﺏ ﺭﻀﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪َ :‬ﻤ ْ‬ ‫ﻗﺎل ﻋﻠ ّ‬ ‫ﻙ ﻜﻠﱠﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﷲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋ ﱠﺯ ﻁﺎﻋﺘِﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻨﹼﻪ ﻭﺍﺠ ٌﺩ ﺫﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺝ ﻤﻥ ﹸﺫلﱢ ﻤﻌﺼﻴ ِﺔ ﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﺨ ُﺭ ْ‬ ‫ﻓ ﹾﻠ َﻴ ﹾ‬

‫"ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻤل" ﻟﻠﻤﺒﺭّﺩ‬

‫ﻤﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﻨﺎ ﻨﻜﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺕ‬ ‫ﺨ َﺭ ْﺒ ﹸﺘ ُﻡ ﺍﻵﺨﺭﺓ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻋﻤﱠ ْﺭ ﹸﺘ ُﻡ ﺍﻟ ّﺩﻨﹾﻴﺎ ﻭﺃ ﹾ‬ ‫ﻙ ﻷﺒﻲ ﺤﺎﺯﻡ‪ :‬ﻤﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﹸﻨﺎ ﹶﻨ ﹾﻜ َﺭ ُﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺕ؟ ﻗﺎل‪ :‬ﻷﻨﱠﻜﻡ َ‬ ‫ﻥ ﻋﺒ ِﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻠ ِ‬ ‫ﻥﺒُ‬ ‫ﻗﺎل ﺴﻠﻴﻤﺎ ُ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺘﻨﺘﻘﻠﻭﺍ ﻤﻥ ﺍ ﹾﻟﻌُﻤﺭﺍﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍ ﹾﻟﺨﹶﺭﺍﺏ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﺄﻨﺘﻡ ﹶﺘ ﹾﻜﺭَﻫﻭﻥ ﺃ ْ‬

‫"ﻋﻴﻭﻥ ﺍﻷﺨﺒﺎﺭ" ﻻﺒﻥ ﻗﺘﻴﺒﺔ‬

‫ﺨﻁﺒﺔ ﻟﻌﻤﺭ ﺒﻥ ﻋﺒﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺯﻴﺯ‬ ‫ﺼ ْﺭﺘﹸﻡ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻴﺎ ﺃﻴّﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﺇﻨﹼﻜﻡ ﻤﻴّﺘﻭﻥ‪ ،‬ﺜﻡ ﺇﻨﹼﻜﻡ ﻤﺒﻌﻭﺜﻭﻥ‪ ،‬ﺜ ّﻡ ﺇﻨﹼﻜﻡ ﻤﺤﺎﺴَﺒﻭﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻠ َﻌﻤْﺭﻱ ﻟﹶﺌﻥ ﻜﻨﺘﻡ ﺼﺎﺩﻗﻴﻥ ﻟﻘﺩ ﻗﹶ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺽ ﻴَ ْﺄﺘِﻪِ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺽ ﺃﺭ ﹴ‬ ‫ل ﺃﻭ ﺒﺤَﻀﻴ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺱ ﺠﺒ ﹴ‬ ‫ﻕ ﺒﺭﺃ ﹺ‬ ‫ﻥ ُﻴ ﹶﻘ ﱠﺩ ْﺭ ﻟﻪ ﺭﹺ ْﺯ ﹲ‬ ‫ﻭﻟﺌﻥ ﻜﻨﺘﻡ ﻜﺎﺫﺒﻴﻥ ﻟﻘﺩ َﻫﹶﻠ ﹾﻜ ﹸﺘ ْﻡ‪ .‬ﺃﻴّﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﹼﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﺇﻨﹼﻪ َﻤ ْ‬ ‫ﺠﻤِﻠﹸﻭﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻁﱠﻠﹶﺏ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﺎﺘﹼﻘﻭﺍ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺃَ ْ‬

‫"ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻤل" ﻟﻠﻤﺒﺭّﺩ‬

‫‪١٣‬‬


‫ﻟﻤﺜل ﻫﺫﺍ ﻴﺫﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺏ ﻤﻥ ﻜﻤﺩ‬ ‫ﺹ ﺒﻬﻡ ﻤﻥ‬ ‫ﺕ ﻭﺃﻨﺎ ﺃُ ْﺒﺼِ ُﺭ ﻤﺎ َﻴ ﹾﻨﺯﹺل ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻴﻥ ﻤﻥ ﹶﻨﻜﹶﺒﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻤﺎ ﻴُﻌﺎﻨﻭﻨﹶﻪ ﻤﻥ َﻭﻴْﻼﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻤﺎ ﻴَ ﹶﺘﺭَ ﱠﺒ ُ‬ ‫ﻜﻡ ﻤ ّﺭ ٍﺓ ﺘﺫﻜﹼﺭ ﹸ‬

‫ﺃﺨﻁﺎﺭ ﻭﻤﻬﺎﻟﻙ‪.‬‬

‫ﺼﺭﹺﻫﻡ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺠ ﹺﻬﻡْ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗِﱠﻠ ﹶﺔ ﺘﹶﻨﺎ ُ‬ ‫ﻁﻊَ ﻭَﺸﺎ ِﺌ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺕ ﻭﺃﻨﺎ ﺃﺒﺼﺭ ﻫﺫﺍ ﻭﺃﺒﺼﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﻏﻔﻠﺘﻬﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﹶﺘ ﹶﻘ ﱡ‬ ‫ﻜﻡ ﻤ ّﺭ ٍﺓ ﺘﺫﻜﹼﺭ ﹸ‬ ‫ل ﻓﺭﺩ ﺃﻭ ﻓﺭﻴﻕ ﻤﻨﻬﻡ ﺒﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﻋﻥ ﻏﻴﺭﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺒﻴﻭﻤﻪ ﻋﻥ ﻏﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺒﺩﻨﻴﺎﻩ ﻋﻥ ﺁﺨﺭﺘﻪ‪ ..‬ﻭﻫﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺴِ ﹶﻨ ﹶﺘﻬﹺ ْﻡ‬ ‫لﻜﱠ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻨﺸِﻐﺎ َ‬ ‫ﻀﺭَﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺩﻫﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻴﻨﺘﻔﻌﻭﻥ ﺒﺘﺠﺎ ﹺﺭﺒﹺﻪ ﻭﻤﻭﺍﻋﻅِﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻻ ﻴﺴﺘﻴﻘﻅﻭﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ َ‬ ‫ﻜﻡ ﻤﺭّﺓ ﺘﺫﻜﹼﺭﺕ ﻭﺃﻨﺎ ﺃﺸﻬﺩ ﻫﺫﺍ ﻜﻠﹼﻪ ﻗﺼﻴﺩ ﹶﺓ ﺃﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺎ ِﺀ ﺍﻟ ﱡﺭﻨﹾﺩﻱ )ﺍﻷﻨﺩﻟﺴﻲ(‪:‬‬

‫ﻥ‬ ‫ﻲﺀٍ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻤﺎ ﹶﺘ ﱠﻡ ﻨﹸﻘﹾﺼﺎ ُ‬ ‫ﺸ ْ‬ ‫ﻟِ ﹸﻜلﱢ ﹶ‬

‫ﻥ‬ ‫ﺵ ﺇﻨﺴﺎ ُ‬ ‫ﺏ ﺍ ﹾﻟ َﻌ ْﻴ ﹺ‬ ‫ﻓﻼ ُﻴ ﹶﻐﺭﱠ ﺒﻁﻴ ﹺ‬ ‫ل ﺒﺎﻹﺴﻼﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻴﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻬﺩﻩ ﺒﺎﻷﻨﺩﻟﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﹶﻨﻌَﻰ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻴﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺌﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺼﻭّﺭ ﺒﻬﺎ ﻤﺎ ﺤ ﱠ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻓﻠﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﹸﺘﻠﹾﻬﻴﻬﻡ ﺴﻼﻤ ﹸﺔ ﻤﻭﺍﻁﻨﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻗﻭﺘﺔ ﻋﻤّﺎ ﻴﺘﺭﺒّﺹ ﺒﻬﻡ ﻤﻤّﺎ ﺃﺼﺎﺏ ﺇﺨﻭﺍﻨﹶﻬﻡ ﻤﻥ‬ ‫ﻥ‬ ‫ل ﺍﻟﻤﻐﺭﺏ ﻭ َﻤ ْ‬ ‫ﺥ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﻫ َ‬ ‫ﺏ ﺍﻟﻐﻔﻠ ِﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﹼﻬﻭﹺ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﱢﻨﹶﺔِ ﻭﺍﻟﺩْﻫ ُﺭ ﻴﻘﻅﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺴﺘﺼﺭ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺩَﻤﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺤﺫﹼﺭ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻋﻭﺍﻗ َ‬ ‫ﻭﺭﺍﺀَﻫﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻴﻥ ﻹﻏﺎﺜﺔ ﺇﺨﻭﺍﻨﻬﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻨﺩﻟﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻨ ﹶﻘﺩَ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺴﻜﻭﺘﹶﻬﻡ ﻭﺠﻤﻭﺩَﻫﻡ ﻭﻋﺩَﻡ ﻤﺒﺎﻻﺘِﻬﻡ ﻭﻤﺒﺎﺩﺭﺘِﻬﻡ‬ ‫ﻑ‬ ‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻐﻭﺙ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺴﺘﺜﺎﺭ ﺃﺤﺎﺴﻴﺴَﻬﻡ ﻭﻤﺸﺎﻋﺭَﻫﻡ ﻭﻤﺭﻭﺀَﺘﻬﻡ ﻭﺤﻤﻴّﺘﻬﻡ ﻭﺇﺒﺎﺀﻫﻡ ﻭﺇﺴﻼﻤﻬﻡ ﻭﺃﺨﻭّﺘﻬﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﺼ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺕ‬ ‫ل ﺃﺤﻭﺍﻟﻬﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻤﺎ ﻻﻗﻭﻩ ﻭﻴﻼﻗﻭﻨﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻴﺩﻱ ﺃﻋﺩﺍﺌﻬﻡ‪ ،‬ﻤﺎ ُﻴ ﹶﻔﺘﱢ ﹸ‬ ‫ﻟﻬﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻤ ﹺﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻴﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻨﺩﻟﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﺒ ﱡﺩ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺏ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺩ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼّﺨ َﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﺴﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴُﺫﻴﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﻠ َ‬ ‫ﺏ ﻤﻥ ﹶﻜﻤَﺩٍ‬ ‫ﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﻠ ُ‬ ‫ل ﻫﺫﺍ ﻴَﺫﻭ ُ‬ ‫ِﻟ ِﻤ ﹾﺜ ﹺ‬

‫ﻥ‬ ‫ﺏ ﺇﺴﻼ ٌﻡ ﻭﺇﻴﻤﺎ ُ‬ ‫ﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻠ ﹺ‬ ‫ﻥ ﻜﺎ َ‬ ‫ﺇْ‬ ‫ﺕ ﻴﻘﺭﺅﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺭﺉ ﻓﻼ ﻴﺸﻌﺭ ﺃﻨﹼﻬﺎ ﹸﺘﺼَﻭﱢﺭ ﻤﺎﻀﻴﹰﺎ ﻤﻀﻰ ﻭﺍﻨﻘﻀﻰ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫ﻭﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻴﺩﺓ "ﺍﻟﻭﺜﻴﻘﺔ" ﺃﺒﻴﺎ ﹲ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺤﺎﻀﺭﹰﺍ ﺸﺎﺨِﺼﹰﺎ ﺭﺁﻩ ﻭﻤﺎ ﻴﺯﺍل ﻴﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﻵﻥ ‪-‬ﻭﺍ ﺃﺴﻔﺎﻩ‪ -‬ﻓﻲ ﻋﺩﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺒﻠﺩﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻨﺩﻟﺱ ﻤﻥ ﻗﺭﻭﻥ؛ ﻭﻟﻜ ْ‬ ‫ﺍﻹﺴﻼﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺕ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻴﺩ ﻟﻠﻘﺭّﺍﺀ ﻭﻟﻺﺴﻼﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻴﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻗﺩّﻡ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﻁﺭ ﺍﻷﻜﺒﺭ ﻤﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻴﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫ﻭﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﻓﻘﺩ ﺭﺃﻴ ﹸ‬

‫"ﻗﺒﺴﺎﺕ"‬

‫ﻉ ُﻤ ﹶﻨﻭﱠﻋـ ﹲﺔ‬ ‫ﻓﹶﺠﺎﺌِـ ُﻊ ﺍﻟﺩّﻫـ ﹺﺭ ﺃﻨﻭﺍ ٌ‬

‫ﻥ‬ ‫ﺕ ﻭﺃﺤـﺯﺍ ُ‬ ‫ﺴـﺭّﺍ ﹲ‬ ‫ﻥ َﻤ َ‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻠﺯﱠﻤـﺎ ﹺ‬

‫ﻥ ُﻴ َﻬـﻭﱢ ﹸﻨـﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﺴـﻠﻭﺍ ٌ‬ ‫ﺙ ُ‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻠﺤـﻭﺍﺩ ِ‬

‫ﻥ‬ ‫ﺴـﻠﻭﺍ ُ‬ ‫ل ﺒﺎﻹﺴـﻼ ﹺﻡ ُ‬ ‫ﻭﻤﺎ ﻟِﻤﺎ ﺤ ﱠ‬

‫ﻋـﺯﺍ َﺀ ﹶﻟ ُﻪ‬ ‫ﺩَﻫﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﻴﺭ ﹶﺓ ﺃﻤ ٌﺭ ﻻ َ‬

‫ﻥ‬ ‫ﺤ ٌﺩ ﻭﺍ ﹾﻨ َﻬـ ﱠﺩ ﹶﺜ ْﻬـﻼ ُ‬ ‫ﻫَﻭﻯ ﹶﻟ ُﻪ ُﺃ ُ‬

‫ﺴـ َﻴ ٍﺔ‬ ‫ﻥ ُﻤ ْﺭ ِ‬ ‫ﺸ ْﺄ ُ‬ ‫ل ﺒَﹶﻠ ﹾﻨﺴِـ َﻴ ﹰﺔ ﻤﺎ ﹶ‬ ‫ﻓﺎﺴﺄ ْ‬

‫ﻥ‬ ‫ﺠ ّﻴـﺎ ُ‬ ‫ﻥ َ‬ ‫ﻁ َﺒـ ﹲﺔ َﺃ ْﻡ ﺃﻴ َ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺸـﺎ ِ‬ ‫ﻭﺃﻴ َ‬

‫)‪(١٢‬‬

‫ﻁ َﺒـ ﹲﺔ ﺩﺍ ُﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻭ ﹺﻡ ﹶﻓ ﹶﻜـ ْﻡ‬ ‫ﻥ ﹸﻗ ْﺭ ﹸ‬ ‫ﻭﺃﻴ َ‬

‫ﻥ‬ ‫ﺴـﻤﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﹶﻟ ُﻪ ﺸﺎ ُ‬ ‫ﻥ ﻋﺎﻟ ﹴﻡ ﻗﺩ َ‬ ‫ِﻤ ْ‬

‫ﺹ ﻭﻤﺎ ﺘﹶﺤﻭﻴ ِﻪ ﻤﻥ ﹸﻨ َﺯ ٍﻩ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺤِ ْﻤ ٌ‬ ‫ﻭﺃﻴ َ‬

‫ﻥ‬ ‫ﺽ ﻭﻤَﻶ ُ‬ ‫ﺏ ﻓﹶﻴﱠﺎ ٌ‬ ‫ﻭﻨﹶ ْﻬﺭُﻫﺎ ﺍ ﹾﻟ َﻌ ﹾﺫ ُ‬

‫ﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻼ ِﺩ ﻓﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺃﺭْﻜـﺎ َ‬ ‫ﻗﹶﻭﺍﻋِـ ٌﺩ ﹸﻜـ ﱠ‬

‫ﻥ‬ ‫ﻕ ﺃﺭﻜﺎ ُ‬ ‫ـﹶ‬ ‫ﻋَﺴﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺎ ُﺀ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻡ ﺘﹶﺒ ْ‬

‫)‪(١٣‬‬

‫‪١٤‬‬


‫ﻥ َﺃﺴَﻑٍ‬ ‫ﺘﹶﺒْﻜﻲ ﺍ ﹾﻟﺤَﻨِﻴﻔِﻴﱠ ﹸﺔ ﺍ ﹾﻟ َﺒﻴْﻀـﺎ ُﺀ ِﻤ ْ‬

‫ﻥ‬ ‫ﻑ َﻫﻴْﻤﺎ ُ‬ ‫ﻹ ﹾﻟـ ِ‬ ‫ﻕﺍِ‬ ‫ﻜﻤﺎ ﺒَﻜﻰ ِﻟﻔِﺭﺍ ِ‬

‫)‪(١٤‬‬

‫ﻥ ﺍﻹﺴـﻼ ﹺﻡ ﺨﺎِﻟ َﻴـ ٍﺔ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩِﻴـﺎ ﹴﺭ ِﻤ َ‬

‫ﻥ‬ ‫ﻋﻤْﺭﺍ ُ‬ ‫ﺕ ﻭﻟﹶﻬﺎ ﺒﺎﻟ ﹸﻜ ﹾﻔـ ﹺﺭ ُ‬ ‫ﺴـِﻠ َﻤ ﹾ‬ ‫ﻗﺩ ُﺃ ْ‬

‫ﺕ ﻜﹶﻨﺎﺌِﺱَ ﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﺙ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺠ ُﺩ ﻗﺩ ﺼﺎﺭ ﹾ‬ ‫ﺤ ْﻴ ﹸ‬ ‫َ‬

‫ﻥ‬ ‫ﺼـﻠﹾﺒـﺎ ُ‬ ‫ﺱﻭ ُ‬ ‫ﻻ ﻨـﻭﺍﻗﻴ ٌ‬ ‫ﻥﺇﹼ‬ ‫ﻓﻴﻬـ ﱠ‬

‫ﻅـ ﹲﺔ‬ ‫ﻼ ﻭﹶﻟ ُﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟ ﱠﺩ ْﻫـ ﹺﺭ ﻤَ ْﻭﻋِ ﹶ‬ ‫ﻴَﺎ ﻏﹶﺎ ِﻓ ﹰ‬

‫ﻥ‬ ‫ﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺴِ ﹶﻨﺔٍ ﻓﺎﻟﺩّﻫ ُﺭ َﻴﻘﹾﻅـﺎ ُ‬ ‫ﻥ ﹸﻜ ﹾﻨ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺇْ‬

‫ﻁ ﹸﻨـ ُﻪ‬ ‫ﺸـﻴﹰﺎ َﻤﺭﹺﺤـﹰﺎ ُﻴ ﹾﻠﻬﹺﻴـ ِﻪ َﻤ ْﻭ ِ‬ ‫ﻭﻤﺎ ِ‬

‫ﻥ‬ ‫ﺹ ﹶﺘ ﹸﻐـ ﱡﺭ ﺍ ﹾﻟ َﻤ ْﺭ َﺀ َﺃﻭْﻁﺎ ُ‬ ‫ﺤ ْﻤ ﹴ‬ ‫َﺃ َﺒ ْﻌـ َﺩ ِ‬

‫ﺕ ﻤﺎ ﹶﺘ ﹶﻘ ﱠﺩﻤَﻬـﺎ‬ ‫ﺴـ ﹾ‬ ‫ﻙ ﺍ ﹾﻟ ُﻤﺼِﻴ َﺒ ﹸﺔ ﺃ ﹾﻨ َ‬ ‫ِﺘ ﹾﻠ َ‬

‫ﻥ‬ ‫ل ﺍﻟﺩّﻫـ ﹺﺭ ﻨِﺴﻴﺎ ُ‬ ‫ﻭﻤﺎ ﻟﹶﻬﺎ َﻤ َﻊ ﻁﻭﺍ ﹺ‬

‫ل ﻀﺎ ِﻤ َﺭ ﹰﺓ‬ ‫ﺨ ْﻴـ ﹺ‬ ‫ﻕ ﺍ ﹾﻟ ﹶ‬ ‫ﻥ ﻋِﺘﺎ ﹶ‬ ‫ﻴﺎ ﺭﺍﻜﺒﻴـ َ‬

‫ﻥ‬ ‫ﻋﻘﹾﺒـﺎ ُ‬ ‫ﻕ ُ‬ ‫ﺴـ ْﺒ ِ‬ ‫ل ﺍﻟ ﱠ‬ ‫ﻜﺄﻨﱠﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻤَﺠﺎ ﹺ‬

‫ﻋـ ٍﺔ‬ ‫ﺤ ﹺﺭ ﻓﻲ َﺩ َ‬ ‫ﻥ ﻭﺭﺍ َﺀ ﺍ ﹾﻟ َﺒ ْ‬ ‫ﻭﺭﺍ ِﺘﻌِﻴـ َ‬

‫ﻥ‬ ‫ﺴـﻠﹾﻁﺎ ُ‬ ‫ﻋـ ﱞﺯ ﻭ ُ‬ ‫ﻟﹶﻬﻡ ﺒﺄﻭﻁـﺎﻨِﻬ ْﻡ ِ‬

‫ﺱ‬ ‫ل ﺃ ﹾﻨ َﺩﹸﻟ ﹴ‬ ‫ﻥ َﺃ ْﻫـ ﹺ‬ ‫ﻋ ﹾﻨـ َﺩ ﹸﻜـﻡ ﹶﻨﺒَـٌﺄ ِﻤ ْ‬ ‫َﺃ ِ‬

‫ﻥ‬ ‫ﺙ ﺍﻟﻘﻭ ﹺﻡ ُﺭﻜﹾﺒـﺎ ُ‬ ‫ﺴـﺭﻯ ﺒﺤﺩﻴ ِ‬ ‫ﻓﻘﺩ َ‬

‫ﻥ ﻭ ُﻫ ْﻡ‬ ‫ﺴ ﹶﺘﻀْﻌﻔِﻴ َ‬ ‫ﺙ ﺒﻨﻭ ﺍ ﹾﻟ ُﻤ ْ‬ ‫ﺴﺘﹶﻐﻴ ﹸ‬ ‫ﹶﻜ ْﻡ َﻴ ْ‬

‫ﻥ‬ ‫ﺴـﺭﻯ ﻭَ ﹶﻗ ﹾﺘﻠﹶﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ َﻴ ْﻬ ﹶﺘ ﱡﺯ ﺇﻨﺴـﺎ ُ‬ ‫ﺃْ‬

‫ﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﱠﻘﹶﺎﻁﹸ ُﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻹﺴـﻼ ﹺﻡ َﺒ ْﻴ ﹶﻨ ﹸﻜـ ُﻡ‬

‫ﻥ‬ ‫ﷲ ﺇﺨـﻭﺍ ُ‬ ‫ﻭﺃﻨﺘﹸـ ُﻡ ﻴـﺎ ﻋﺒـﺎ َﺩ ﺍ ِ‬

‫ﻋ ﱢﺯ ِﻫـ ُﻡ‬ ‫ﻥ ِﻟ ِﺫﱠﻟـ ِﺔ ﻗـﻭ ﹴﻡ ﺒﻌـ َﺩ ِ‬ ‫ﻴﺎ َﻤ ْ‬

‫ﻥ‬ ‫ﻁﻐﹾﻴـﺎ ُ‬ ‫ل ﺤﺎﹶﻟ ُﻬـ ُﻡ ﹸﻜ ﹾﻔـ ٌﺭ َﻭ ﹸ‬ ‫ﺃَﺤـﺎ َ‬

‫ﺱ ﻜﺎﻨﻭﺍ ﻤُﻠﻭﻜـﹰﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻤَﻨﺎﺯﹺﻟ ﹺﻬ ْﻡ‬ ‫ﺒﺎﻷﻤ ﹺ‬

‫ﻥ‬ ‫ﻋﺒْﺩﺍ ُ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﻴﻭ َﻡ ُﻫ ْﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺒﻼ ِﺩ ﺍﻟ ﹸﻜ ﹾﻔـ ﹺﺭ ُ‬

‫ل ﹶﻟ ُﻬ ْﻡ‬ ‫ﹶﻓﹶﻠ ُﻭ ﺘﹶﺭﺍ ُﻫـﻡ ﺤَﻴـﺎﺭﻯ ﻻ َﺩﻟِﻴ َ‬

‫ﻥ‬ ‫ﺏ ﺍﻟ ﹸﺫلﱢ َﺃ ﹾﻟـﻭﺍ ُ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺜِﻴـﺎ ﹺ‬ ‫ﻋَﹶﻠ ْﻴﻬﹺـ ُﻡ ﻤ ْ‬

‫ﺕ ﺒُﻜﺎ ُﻫـ ْﻡ ﻋﻨ َﺩ َﺒ ْﻴ ِﻌ ﹺﻬـ ُﻡ‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻭ ﺭﺃﻴـ ﹶ‬

‫ﻥ‬ ‫ﻟﹶﻬﺎﹶﻟﻙَ ﺍﻷ ْﻤ ُﺭ ﻭﺍﺴﺘﹶﻬ َﻭﺘﹾﻙ َﺃﺤـﺯﺍ ُ‬

‫ﺏ ﺘﹶﺒْﻜﻲ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺠﺎ ِﻤـﺩَ ﹲﺓ‬ ‫ﺤَﺘﹼﻰ ﺍ ﹾﻟﻤَﺤﺎﺭﹺﻴ ُ‬

‫ﻑ ﺍﻟ ﹺﻬ ﹾﻨـ ِﺩ ُﻤ ْﺭﻫَ ﹶﻔـ ﹰﺔ‬ ‫ﺴـﻴﻭ ﹶ‬ ‫ﻥ ُ‬ ‫ﻭﺤﺎ ِﻤﻠِﻴ َ‬

‫ﺕ ﻟﹶﻬـﺎ ِﻫـ َﻤـ ٌﻡ‬ ‫ﺱ َﺃ ﹺﺒ ﱠﻴـﺎ ﹲ‬ ‫ﺃﻻ ﻨﹸﻔـﻭ ٌ‬

‫ﻥ‬ ‫ﺤﺘﻰ ﺍ ﹾﻟﻤَﻨﺎ ﹺﺒ ُﺭ ﺘﹶﺭْﺜﻲ ﻭﻫﻲ ﻋِﻴﺩﺍ ُ‬

‫)‪(١٥‬‬

‫ﻥ‬ ‫ﻅـﻼ ﹺﻡ ﺍ ﹾﻟ ﱠﻨ ﹾﻘـ ﹺﻊ ﻨِﻴـﺭﺍ ُ‬ ‫ﻜﺄﻨﹼﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﹶ‬

‫ﻥ‬ ‫ﺃَﻤﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍ ﹾﻟﺨﹶﻴـ ﹺﺭ ﺃﻨﺼﺎ ٌﺭ ﻭﺃﻋْﻭﺍ ُ‬

‫ل َﺒ ْﻴ ﹶﻨﻬُﻤـﺎ‬ ‫ل ﺤِﻴـ َ‬ ‫ﻁ ﹾﻔـ ﹴ‬ ‫ﻴﺎ ُﺭﺏﱠ ُﺃﻡﱟ ﻭ ِ‬

‫ﻥ‬ ‫ﺡ ﻭﺃ ْﺒـﺩﺍ ُ‬ ‫ﻕ ﺃﺭﻭﺍ ٌ‬ ‫ﻜـﻤـﺎ ﹸﺘ ﹶﻔـﺭﱠ ﹸ‬

‫ﺕ‬ ‫ﺱ ﺇﺫ َﺒ َﺭ َﺯ ﹾ‬ ‫ﻁ ﹾﻔﹶﻠﺔٍ ﻤﺎ ﺭﺃﺘﹾﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻤ ُ‬ ‫ﻭَ ﹶ‬

‫ﻥ‬ ‫ﺕ ﻭ َﻤﺭْﺠـﺎ ُ‬ ‫ﻲ ﻴﺎﻗـﻭ ﹲ‬ ‫ﻜﺄﻨﱠﻤﺎ ﻫـ َ‬

‫ﺞ ﻟﻠﻤﻜﺭﻭ ِﻩ ُﻤ ﹾﻜ َﺭ َﻫ ﹰﺔ‬ ‫ﻴﻘﻭﺩُﻫـﺎ ﺍﻟ ِﻌ ﹾﻠـ ُ‬

‫ﻥ‬ ‫ﺤﻴْﺭﺍ ُ‬ ‫ﺏ َ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺒﺎﻜِﻴـﺔﹲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟ ﹶﻘ ﹾﻠـ ُ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﻌ ْﻴ ُ‬

‫ﺏ ﻤﻥ ﹶﻜﻤَـ ٍﺩ‬ ‫ﺏ ﺍﻟﻘ ﹾﻠ ُ‬ ‫ل ﻫﺫﺍ ﻴَﺫﻭ ُ‬ ‫ِﻟ ِﻤ ﹾﺜ ﹺ‬

‫ﻥ‬ ‫ﺏ ﺇﺴـﻼ ٌﻡ ﻭﺇﻴﻤﺎ ُ‬ ‫ﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻠ ﹺ‬ ‫ﻥ ﻜﺎ َ‬ ‫ﺇْ‬

‫ــــــــــــــــــــــ‬ ‫)‪ -(١٢‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﻴﺭﺓ‪ :‬ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﻴﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺨﻀﺭﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭّل ﻤﺩﻴﻨﺔ ﻓﺘﺤﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻭﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻨﺩﻟﺱ ﺒﻘﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﻁﺎﺭﻕ ﺒﻥ ﺯﻴﺎﺩ ﺴﻨﺔ ‪٩٣‬ﻫ )‪٧١٠‬ﻡ(‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺃﺤﺩ‪ :‬ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﺠﺒل ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻬﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﻴﺏ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻭّﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﺜﻬﻼﻥ‪ :‬ﺠﺒل ﺒﺎﻟﻴﻤﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫)‪ -(١٣‬ﺤﻤﺹ ﻫﻲ ﻤﺩﻴﻨﺔ ﺃﺸﺒﻴﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺴﻤّﻴﺕ ﺒﺫﻟﻙ ﻟﻨـﺯﻭل ﺠﻨﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﹼﺎﻡ ﺒﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻋﻨﺩ ﻨﻬﺭ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫)‪ -(١٤‬ﺍﻟﺤﻨﻴﻔﻴّﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻹﺴﻼﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫)‪ -(١٥‬ﺍﻟﻌﻴﺩﺍﻥ ﺠﻤﻊ ﻋﻭﺩ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻐﺼﻥ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻘﻁﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺸﺏ‪.‬‬

‫‪١٥‬‬


‫ﻓﺎﺴﺘﻘﻡ ﻜﻤﺎ ﺃﻤﺭﺕ‬ ‫ﺴ ﹸﻜ ُﻡ‬ ‫ﻅﹶﻠﻤُﻭﺍ ﹶﻓ ﹶﺘﻤَ ﱠ‬ ‫ﻥ ﹶ‬ ‫ﻻ ﹶﺘ ْﺭ ﹶﻜﻨﹸﻭﺍ ِﺇﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﱠﻟﺫِﻴ َ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺒَﺼِﻴ ٌﺭ‪ .‬ﻭَ ﹶ‬ ‫ﻁ ﹶﻐﻭْﺍ ِﺇﻨﱠ ُﻪ ﺒﹺﻤَﺎ ﹶﺘ ْﻌ َﻤﻠﹸﻭ َ‬ ‫ﻻ ﹶﺘ ﹾ‬ ‫ﻙ ﻭَ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺏ َﻤ َﻌ َ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺘﹶﺎ َ‬ ‫ﺕ َﻭ َﻤ ْ‬ ‫ﺴ ﹶﺘ ِﻘ ْﻡ ﹶﻜﻤَﺎ ُﺃﻤِ ْﺭ ﹶ‬ ‫}ﻓﹶﺎ ْ‬

‫ﻥ{‬ ‫ﺼﺭُﻭ َ‬ ‫ﻻ ﺘﹸﻨ َ‬ ‫ﻥ َﺃ ْﻭِﻟﻴَﺎ َﺀ ﹸﺜﻡﱠ ﹶ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪِ ِﻤ ْ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺩُﻭ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎ ُﺭ ﻭَﻤَﺎ ﹶﻟ ﹸﻜ ْﻡ ِﻤ ْ‬ ‫ـــــــــــــــــ‬

‫)‪(١٦‬‬

‫)ﻫﻭﺩ‪(١١٣-١١٢ :‬‬

‫)‪ -(١٦‬ﻭﻤﻥ ﺘﺎﺏ ﻤﻌﻙ‪ :‬ﺃﻱ ﻭﻤﻥ ﺁﻤﻥ ﻤﻌﻙ‪ .‬ﻭﻻ ﺘﻁﻐﻭﺍ‪ :‬ﺃﻱ ﻻ ﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯﻭﺍ ﻤﺎ ﺃﻤﺭ ﺍﷲ‪ .‬ﻭﻻ ﺘﺭﻜﻨﻭﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﻅﻠﻤﻭﺍ‪ :‬ﺃﻱ ﻻ ﺘﻤﻴﻠﻭﺍ‬ ‫ﺇﻟﻴﻬﻡ ﺃﻗ ّل ﻤﻴل‪.‬‬

‫ﻗل ﺁﻤﻨﺕ ﺒﺎﷲ ﺜ ّﻡ ﺍﺴﺘﻘﻡ‬ ‫ل ﻟِﻲ‬ ‫ل ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪِ ﹸﻗ ْ‬ ‫ﷲ ﺼﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺴﻠﻡ‪ :‬ﻴَﺎ َﺭﺴُﻭ َ‬ ‫لﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﺕ ﻟ َﺭﺴُﻭ ﹺ‬ ‫ل‪ :‬ﹸﻗ ﹾﻠ ﹸ‬ ‫ﻋ ْﺒ ِﺩ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪِ ﺭﻀﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﹶﺎ َ‬ ‫ﻥ َ‬ ‫ﻥ ْﺒ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺴ ﹾﻔﻴَﺎ َ‬ ‫ﻥ ُ‬ ‫ﻋْ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ﺴ ﹶﺘ ِﻘ ْﻡ«‬ ‫ﺕ ﺒﹺﺎﻟﱠﻠ ِﻪ ﹸﺜﻡﱠ ﺍ ْ‬ ‫ل ﺁ َﻤ ﹾﻨ ﹸ‬ ‫ل‪ » :‬ﹸﻗ ْ‬ ‫ﻏ ْﻴﺭَﻙَ‪ .‬ﻗﹶﺎ َ‬ ‫ﺤﺩًﺍ ﹶ‬ ‫ﻋ ﹾﻨ ُﻪ َﺃ َ‬ ‫ل َ‬ ‫ﺴَﺄ ُ‬ ‫ﻻ َﺃ ْ‬ ‫ﻼ ﹺﻡ ﹶﻗ ْﻭﻻﹰ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺴﹶ‬ ‫ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻹِ ْ‬

‫)‪(١٧‬‬

‫ـــــــــــــــــ‬

‫ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﻤﺴﻠﻡ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ -(١٧‬ﺃﻱ ﺍﺴﺘﻘﻡ ﻜﻤﺎ ُﻭﺠﱢﻬﺕﹶ‪ ،‬ﻭﻜﻤﺎ ﺃُﻤﺭﺕ ﻭﻨﹸﻬﻴﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺴﻨﹼﺔ ﺭﺴﻭﻟﻪ ﺼﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺴﻠﻡ‬

‫ﻻ ﻤﺴﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻤﺭ ﺍﻹﺴﻼﻡ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺼَ ْﻌﺼَﻌَﺔﹶ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻥ ﺭﺴﻭل ﺍﷲ ﺼﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺴﻠﻡ ﺃﺘﻰ ﺒﻨﻲ ﻋﺎﻤﺭ ﺒ ﹺ‬ ‫ﻱ ﺃﱠ‬ ‫ﻗﺎل ﺍﺒﻥ ﺍﺴﺤﺎﻕ‪ :‬ﻭﺤﺩّﺜﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﺯﱡﻫ ﹺﺭ ّ‬ ‫ﻥ‬ ‫ل ﻤﻨﻬﻡ ﻴﻘﺎل ﻟﻪ َﺒ ْﻴﺤَﺭﺓ ﺒﻥ ﻓِﺭﺍﺱ‪ :‬ﺃﺭﺃﻴﺕﹶ ﺇ ْ‬ ‫ﺽ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻡ ﻨﻔﺴَﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎل ﻟﻪ ﺭﺠ ٌ‬ ‫ﻓﺩﻋﺎﻫﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋ ﱠﺯ ﻭﺠلﱠ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋ َﺭ َ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺒﻌﺩﻙ؟‬ ‫ﻥ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺍﻷﻤ ُﺭ ِﻤ ْ‬ ‫ﻅﻬَﺭَﻙَ ﺍﷲ ُﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﻥ ﺨﺎﻟﹶﻔﻙ )‪ ، (١٨‬ﺃﻴﻜﻭ ُ‬ ‫ﻨﺤﻥ ﺒﺎﻴﻌﻨﺎﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃَﻤْﺭﻙ‪ ،‬ﺜ ّﻡ َﺃ ﹾ‬ ‫ﺙ ﻴﺸﺎﺀ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻗﺎل ﺼﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺴﻠﻡ‪ :‬ﺍﻷ ْﻤ ُﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻴﻀﻌُﻪ ﺤﻴ ﹸ‬ ‫ﻑ‬ ‫ﻓﻘﺎل ﻟﻪ َﺒﻴْﺤﺭﺓ‪َ :‬ﺃ ﹶﻓ ﹸﺘ ْﻬ َﺩ ﹸ‬

‫)‪(١٩‬‬

‫ﺒﺄﻤﺭﹺﻙ‪ ،‬ﻓَﺄ َﺒﻭْﺍ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻨﺤﻭﺭُﻨﺎ ﻟﻠﻌﺭﺏ ﺩﻭﻨﹶﻙ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺃﻅﻬﺭَﻙ ﺍﷲ ُ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﻤ ُﺭ ﻟﻐﻴﺭﻨﺎ! ﻻ ﺤﺎﺠﺔ ﻟﻨﺎ‬ ‫ﺴﻴﺭﺓ ﺍﺒﻥ ﻫﺸﺎﻡ‬

‫ــــــــــــــــــ‬ ‫)‪ -(١٨‬ﺃﻅﻬﺭﻙ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﻥ ﺨﺎﻟﻔﻙ‪ :‬ﺃﻋﺎﻨﻙ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺠﻌﻠﻙ ﺘﻐﻠﺒﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫)‪ -(١٩‬ﹸﺘ ْﻬﺩَﻑ‪ :‬ﺘﺼﻴ ُﺭ َﻫﺩَﻓ ﹰﺎ ﻟﻠ ّﺭﻤْﻲ‪.‬‬

‫ﺭﺠﺎل ﻜﺄﺒﻲ ﻋﺒﻴﺩﺓ ﻭﺴﺎﻟﻡ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﹼﺎﺏ ﺭﻀﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺒﻘﻭﻡ ﻴَ ﹶﺘﻤَﻨﱠ ْﻭﻥَ ﻓﻠﻤّﺎ ﺭﺃﻭْﻩ ﺴﻜﺘﻭﺍ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎل‪ :‬ﻓﻴ َﻡ ﻜﻨﺘﻡ؟ ﻗﺎﻟﻭﺍ‪ :‬ﻜﻨﹼﺎ ﻨﺘﻤﻨﹼﻰ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻤ ّﺭ ﻋﻤ ُﺭ ﺒ ُ‬ ‫ﻋﺒَ ْﻴﺩَ ﹶﺓ ﺒﻥ ﺍ ﹾﻟﺠَﺭﱠﺍﺡ‪،‬‬ ‫ل ﺃﺒﻲ ُ‬ ‫ﻻ ﻤل َﺀ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺕِ ﻤﺜ َ‬ ‫ﻥ‪ .‬ﻗﺎل‪ :‬ﺃﺘﻤﻨﱠﻰ ﺭﺠﺎ ﹰ‬ ‫ﻗﺎل‪ :‬ﹶﻓ ﹶﺘ َﻤ ﱠﻨﻭْﺍ ﻭﺃﻨﺎ ﺃﺘﻤﻨﹼﻰ ﻤﻌﻜﻡ‪ .‬ﻗﺎﻟﻭﺍ‪ :‬ﻓﺘﻤ ﱠ‬

‫ﺨﻑِ ﺍﷲ ﻤﺎ ﻋﺼﺎﻩ )‪ . (٢٠‬ﻭﻗﺎل ﺭﺴﻭل ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﺤﺏﱠ ﷲِ‪ ،‬ﻟﻭ ﻟﻡ ﻴَ ﹶ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺸﺩﻴ َﺩ ﺍ ﹾﻟ ُ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺴﺎﻟِﻤﹰﺎ ﻜﺎ َ‬ ‫ﺤﺫﹶ ْﻴﻔﹶﺔ‪ .‬ﺇ ّ‬ ‫ﻭﺴﺎِﻟ ﹺﻡ ﻤﻭﻟﻰ ﺃﺒﻲ ُ‬

‫ﺠﺭﱠﺍﺡ«‬ ‫ﻥ ﺍ ﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﻋﺒَ ْﻴﺩَ ﹶﺓ ْﺒ ُ‬ ‫ﻷ ﱠﻤ ِﺔ ﺃَﺒُﻭ ُ‬ ‫ﻥ َﻫ ِﺫ ِﻩ ﺍ ُ‬ ‫ﺼﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺴﻠﻡ‪» :‬ﻟِ ﹸﻜلﱢ ُﺃ ﱠﻤ ٍﺔ َﺃﻤِﻴﻥ‪َ ،‬ﻭَﺃﻤِﻴ ُ‬ ‫ـــــــــــــــــ‬

‫"ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺒﻴﻴﻥ" ﻟﻠﺠﺎﺤﻅ‬

‫ﻥ ﻋﺩﻡ ﻋﺼﻴﺎﻨﻪ ﻴﺘﺤﻘﱠﻕ ﻟﻭ ﻟﻡ ﻴﻜﻥ ﻤﻨﻪ ﺨﻭﻑ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﻙ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻤﻌﻪ ﺍﻟﺨﻭﻑ‪.‬‬ ‫)‪ -(٢٠‬ﺃﻱ ﺇ ّ‬

‫‪١٦‬‬


‫ﺼﺩﻕ ﺍﻟﻴﻘﻴﻥ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺸِﻤﺎﻟﻲ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻥﻋْ‬ ‫ﻥ ﻴﻤﻴﻨﻲ ﻭﻻ َﻤ ْ‬ ‫ﻋْ‬ ‫ﻥ َ‬ ‫ﺕ َﻤ ْ‬ ‫ﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺼﻼ ٍﺓ ﹶﻓﻌَﺭَ ﹾﻓ ﹸ‬ ‫ﺨ ﹾﻠ ﹸ‬ ‫ﺠﺒَل‪" :‬ﻤﺎ َﺩ ﹶ‬ ‫ﻗﺎل ﺴﻌ ُﺩ ﺒﻥ ﻤﺎﻟﻙ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻤﻌﺎ ﹸﺫ ﺒﻥ َ‬

‫ﺕ ﺠَﻨﺎﺯ ﹰﺓ‬ ‫ﻭﻤﺎ ﺸﻴﱠ ْﻌ ﹸ‬

‫)‪(٢١‬‬

‫ﺕ ﺭﺴﻭل ﺍﷲ ﺼﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬ ‫ﺕ ﻨﻔﺴﻲ ﺒﻤﺎ ﻴُﻘﺎل ﻟﻪ ﻭﻤﺎ ﻴﻘﻭل‪ ،‬ﻭﻤﺎ ﺴﻤﻌ ﹸ‬ ‫ﻻ ﺤَﺩﱠ ﹾﺜ ﹸ‬ ‫ﻁﺇﹼ‬ ‫ﻗﱡ‬

‫ﺕ‬ ‫ﻻ ﻋﻠﻤ ﹸ‬ ‫ﻁﺇﹼ‬ ‫ﻭﺴﻠﻡ ﻗﺎل ﺸﻴﺌﹰﺎ ﻗ ﱡ‬

‫)‪(٢٢‬‬

‫ﺃﻨﹼﻪ ﻜﻤﺎ ﻗﺎل"‪.‬‬

‫"ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺒﻴﻴﻥ" ﻟﻠﺠﺎﺤﻅ‬

‫ــــــــــــــــــــ‬ ‫)‪ -(٢١‬ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺎﺯﺓ ﺒﺎﻟﻔﺘﺢ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻤﻴّﺕ ﻨﻔﺴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺒﺎﻟﻜﺴﺭ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺴّﺭﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﺤﻤل ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺕ ﻭﺃﻴﻘﻨﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫)‪ -(٢٢‬ﺃﻱ ﺼﺩّﻗ ﹸ‬

‫ﺃﻴﻥ ﻤﻥ ﻴﻌﺘﺒﺭ‬ ‫ﺕ ﺨﹶﻠﱠﻔﻭﺍ ﻤﺎﻟﹶﻬﻡ ِﻟﻤَﻥ ﻻ‬ ‫ﺕ ﺃﻗﻭﺍﻤﹰﺎ ﻓﻌَﻤِﻠﻭﺍ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺒﻐﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺤﻕﹼ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤّﺎ ﺠﺎﺀﻫ ُﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻭ ﹸ‬ ‫ﻏ ﱠﺭ ﹾ‬ ‫ﻗﺎل ﺃﺒﻭ ﺤﺎﺯﻡ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺩّﻨﻴﺎ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺠﺘﹶﻨِﺒَﻪ‬ ‫ﺨﹶﻠﻔﹾﻨﺎ ﺒﻌﺩَﻫﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻨﻨﻅ َﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻜﺭﻫﻨﺎﻩ ﻤﻨﻬﻡ ﻓﹶﻨﹶ ْ‬ ‫ﻥ ﻻ َﻴ ْﻌ ِﺫﺭُﻫﻡ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺩ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺤ َﻤ ُﺩﻫُﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺼﺎﺭﻭﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ َﻤ ْ‬ ‫َﻴ ْ‬ ‫ﺴ ﹶﺘ ْﻌ ِﻤﻠﹶﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻏﹶﺒَﻁﹾﻨﺎﻫﻡ ﺒﻪ ﻓ ﹶﻨ ْ‬

‫"ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺒﻴﻴﻥ" ﻟﻠﺠﺎﺤﻅ‬

‫ﺭﺒﺢ ﺍﻵﺨﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺩّﻨﻴﺎ‬ ‫ﺤﻬُﻤﺎ ﺠﻤﻴﻌﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺘﺒ ْﻊ ﺁﺨﺭﺘﹶﻙ ﺒﺩﻨﻴﺎﻙ ﻓﺘﺨﺴﺭَﻫﻤﺎ ﺠﻤﻴﻌﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺨ َﺭﺘِﻙ ﹶﺘ ْﺭ َﺒ ْ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺁﺩﻡ‪ ،‬ﹺﺒ ْﻊ ﺩﻨﻴﺎﻙ ﺒﺂ ِ‬ ‫ﻗﺎل ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻥ‪ :‬ﻴﺎ ﺍﺒ َ‬

‫"ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺒﻴﻴﻥ" ﻟﻠﺠﺎﺤﻅ‬

‫ﺃﻀﺤﻜﻨﻲ ﻭﺃﺒﻜﺎﻨﻲ‬ ‫ل ﻭﻻ ُﻴ ﹾﻐﻔﹶلُ‬ ‫ل ﺍﻟﺩّﻨﻴﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻭﺕﹸ ﻴﻁﹸﻠﺒُﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻏﺎﻓِ ٌ‬ ‫ﺙ ﻭﺃﺒﻜﺎﻨﻲ ﺜﻼﺙ‪ :‬ﺃﻀﺤﻜﻨﻲ ُﻤ َﺅﻤﱢ ُ‬ ‫ﻗﺎل ﺃﺒﻭ ﺍﻟ ﱠﺩ ْﺭﺩَﺍﺀ‪ :‬ﺃﻀﺤﻜﻨﻲ ﺜﻼ ﹲ‬

‫ﻉ ﺍﻟ َﻌﻤَل‪،‬‬ ‫ﻁﻠﹶﻊ )‪ ، (٢٣‬ﻭﺍﻨﻘِﻁﺎ ُ‬ ‫ل ﺍﻟﻤ ﱠ‬ ‫ﻁ ﺭﺒﱡﻪ ﺃﻡ ﺭﺍﺽ‪ .‬ﻭﺃﺒﻜﺎﻨﻲ َﻫ ْﻭ ُ‬ ‫ل َﺀ ﻓِﻴ ِﻪ ﻭﻻ ﻴﺩﺭﻱ ﺃَﺴﺎﺨِ ﹲ‬ ‫ﻙ ِﻤ ْ‬ ‫ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻀﺎﺤِ ٌ‬ ‫ﷲ ﻻ ُﻴﺩْﺭﻯ ﺃﻴﺄ ُﻤ ُﺭ ﺒﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﹼﺔ ﺃﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﹼﺎﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻱﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﻥ َﻴ َﺩ ﹺ‬ ‫ﻭﻤﻭﻗﻔﻲ ﺒﻴ َ‬

‫"ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺒﻴﻴﻥ" ﻟﻠﺠﺎﺤﻅ‬

‫ـــــــــــــــــ‬

‫ﻋﻘﹶﻴْﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻁﻠﹶﻊ‪ :‬ﻤﺎ ﻴﺸﺭﻑ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻤﺭ ﺍﻵﺨﺭﺓ ُ‬ ‫)‪ -(٢٣‬ﺍﻟﻤ ﱠ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺨﻭﻑ ﻤﻥ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﺕ‬ ‫ﺕ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ .‬ﻗﺎل ﺯﻴﺎﺩ‪ :‬ﻟﺴ ﹸ‬ ‫ﺨ ﹾﻠ ﹸ‬ ‫ﻑ ﺍﷲ ﻤﻤّﺎ َﺩ ﹶ‬ ‫ﷲ ﺒﻥ ﻋَﻴﱠﺎﺵ‪ِ :‬ﺇﻨﹼﻲ ﺃﺨﺎ ﹸ‬ ‫ﻗﺎل ﻋﻤﺭ ﺒﻥ ﻋﺒﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺯﻴﺯ ﻟِﺯﻴﺎ ٍﺩ ﻤﻭﻟﻰ ﻋﺒ ِﺩ ﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﻻ ﺘﹶﺨﺎﻑ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻑ ﻋﻠﻴﻙ ﺃ ﹼ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺘﹶﺨﺎﻑ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻨﹼﻤﺎ ﺃﺨﺎ ﹸ‬ ‫ﻑ ﻋﻠﻴﻙ ﺃ ْ‬ ‫ﺃﺨﺎ ﹸ‬

‫"ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺒﻴﻴﻥ" ﻟﻠﺠﺎﺤﻅ‬

‫‪١٧‬‬


‫ﻤﻥ ﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺎل‬ ‫ﻗﺎل ﻋﻤﺭ ﺒﻥ ﻋﺒﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺯﻴﺯ ﺭﺤﻤﻪ ﺍﷲ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺴ ﹶﺘ ﹾﻨ ﹺﺯ ﹾﻟ ُﻪ ﺭﹺﻀﺎﻩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻤﻌﺼﻴ ِﺔ ﺍﷲ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻀ ُﺒ ُﻪ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺎﻋ ِﺔ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻡ َﻴ ْ‬ ‫ﻏ َ‬ ‫ﺠ ُﻪ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺨ ﹺﺭ ْ‬ ‫ﻥ ﻟﻡ ُﻴ ﹾ‬ ‫ﻥ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻓﻘﺩ ﹶﻜﻤُل‪َ :‬ﻤ ْ‬ ‫ﻥ ﹸﻜ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺙ َﻤ ْ‬ ‫ﺜﻼ ﹲ‬ ‫ﻑ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﹶﻗﺩَﺭَ ﻋَﻔﺎ ﻭ ﹶﻜ ﱠ‬

‫"ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻤل" ﻟﻠﻤﺒﺭّﺩ‬

‫ﺸ ّﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‬ ‫ﺱ ﻤُﺴﻴﺌﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻥ ﻻ ﻴُﺒﺎﻟﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻴَﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﹼﺎ ُ‬ ‫ﺸ ﱡﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﹼﺎﺱ؟ ﻗﺎل‪َ :‬ﻤ ْ‬ ‫ﻥ ﹶ‬ ‫ﻗﻴل ﻟﺒﻌﺽ ﺍ ﹾﻟ ُﻌﺒّﺎﺩ َﻤ ْ‬ ‫"ﻋﻴﻭﻥ ﺍﻷﺨﺒﺎﺭ" ﻻﺒﻥ ﻗﺘﻴﺒﺔ‬

‫ﺜﻼﺙ ﺨﺼﺎل‬ ‫ﻼ ﻤﻥ ﺒﻨﻲ ﺇﺴﺭﺍﺌﻴل ﺼﺎﺩ ﹸﻗﺒﱠﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻟﺕ‪ :‬ﻤﺎ ﺘﺭﻴﺩ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺼﻨ َﻊ ﺒﻲ؟ ﻗﺎل‪ :‬ﺃﺫﺒﺤﻙ ﻓﺂﻜﻠﻙ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻥ ﺭﺠ ﹰ‬ ‫ﻲ‪ :‬ﺃ ّ‬ ‫ﺸ ْﻌ ﹺﺒ ّ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺍﻟ ﱠ‬ ‫ﻋﹺ‬ ‫ﻗﺎﻟﺕ‪ :‬ﻭﺍﷲ ﻤﺎ َﺃﺸﹾﻔﻲ ﻤﻥ ﻗﹶﺭَﻡ‬

‫)‪(٢٤‬‬

‫ل ﻫﻲ ﺨﻴﺭ ﻟﻙ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻜﻠﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺙ ﺨِﺼﺎ ﹴ‬ ‫ﻭﻻ ُﺃﻏﹾﻨﻲ ﻤﻥ ﺠﻭﻉ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﹼﻲ ﺃﻋﻠﹼﻤﻙ ﺜﻼ ﹶ‬

‫ﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﹼﺠﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺜﹼﺎﻟﺜﺔ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺼِﺭﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺫﺍ‬ ‫ﺼ ْﺭ ﹸ‬ ‫ﺃﻤّﺎ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺤﺩﺓ ﻓﺄﻋﻠﹼﻤﻙ ﺇﻴّﺎﻫﺎ ﻭﺃﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻴﺩﻙ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺜﹼﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺇﺫﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﺕ ﻓﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺸﹼﺠﺭﺓ ﻗﺎل‪:‬‬ ‫ﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺎ ﻓﺎﺘﻙ‪ ،‬ﻓﺨﻠﹼﻰ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﻠﻤّﺎ ﺼﺎﺭ ﹾ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺠﺒل‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎل‪ :‬ﻫﺎﺘﻲ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‪ .‬ﻗﺎﻟﺕ‪ :‬ﻻ ﹶﺘ ﹶﺘﹶﻠ ﱠﻬ ﹶﻔ ﱠ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺃﻨﱠ ُﻪ ﻴَﻜﻭﻥ‪ ،‬ﺜ ّﻡ ﻁﺎﺭﺕ ﻓﺼﺎﺭﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺒل‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻟﺕ‪ :‬ﻴﺎ ﺸﻘِﻲّ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻥ ﺒﻤﺎ ﻻ ﻴﻜﻭ ُ‬ ‫ﺼ ﱢﺩ ﹶﻗ ﱠ‬ ‫ﻫﺎﺘﻲ ﺍﻟﺜﹼﺎﻨﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻗﺎﻟﺕ‪ :‬ﻻ ﹸﺘ َ‬ ‫ﺽ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺸﻔ ﹶﺘ ْﻴﻪِ ﻭ ﹶﺘﹶﻠﻬﱠﻑ‪ ،‬ﺜ ّﻡ ﻗﺎل‪:‬‬ ‫ﻟﻭ ﺫﺒﺤﺘﻨﻲ ﻷﺨﺭﺠﺕ ﻤﻥ ﺤَ ْﻭﺼَﻠﹶﺘﻲ ﺩﺭّﺓ ﻭﺯﻨﹸﻬﺎ ﻋﺸﺭﻭﻥ ﻤﺜﻘﺎﻻ‪ .‬ﻗﺎل‪ :‬ﻓﻌ ﱠ‬ ‫ﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺎ ﻓﺎﺘﻙ؟‬ ‫ل ﹶﻟﻙَ‪ :‬ﻻ ﹶﺘ ﹶﺘﹶﻠ ﱠﻬ ﹶﻔ ﱠ‬ ‫ﻑ ﺃﻋﻠﹼﻤﻙ ﺍﻟﺜﹼﺎﻟﺜﺔ؟ ﺃﻟ ْﻡ ﺃﻗ ْ‬ ‫ﺕ ﺍﻻ ﹾﺜ ﹶﻨ ﹶﺘﻴْﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﻴ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺕ ﻗﺩ ﻨﺴﻴ ﹶ‬ ‫ﻫﺎﺘﻲ ﺍﻟﺜﹼﺎﻟﺜﺔ‪ .‬ﻗﺎﻟﺕ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﺃﻨ ﹶ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺒﻤﺎ ﻻ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺃﻨﹼﻪ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﺼﺩّﻗﺕﹶ‪ ،‬ﺃﻨﺎ ﻭﻋﻅﻤﻲ ﻭﺭﻴﺸﻲ ﻻ‬ ‫ﺼ ﱢﺩ ﹶﻗ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺕ ﻟﻙ‪ :‬ﻻ ﹸﺘ َ‬ ‫ﻲ ﺇﺫ ﹸﻓﺘﱡﻙ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻠ ﹸ‬ ‫ﻋﹶﻠ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺕ َ‬ ‫ﻓﻘﺩ ﺘﻠ ّﻬ ﹾﻔ ﹶ‬ ‫ﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺤﻭﺼﻠﺘﻲ ﻤﺎ َﻴ ﹺﺯﻨﹸﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻑ ﻴﻜﻭ ُ‬ ‫ﻥ ﻋﺸﺭﻴﻥ ﻤِﺜﻘﺎﻻﹰ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﻴ ﹶ‬ ‫َﺃ ﹺﺯ ُ‬

‫"ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻴﺩ" ﻻﺒﻥ ﻋﺒﺩ ﺭﺒّﻪ ﺍﻷﻨﺩﻟﺴﻲ‬

‫ــــــــــــــــــ‬ ‫)‪ -(٢٤‬ﺍﻟ ﹶﻘﺭَﻡ ) ﻤﺤﺭّﻜﺔ (‪ :‬ﺸﺩّﺓ ﺸﻬﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﺤﻡ‪.‬‬

‫ﻤﻥ ﺃﻤﺜﺎل ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺏ‬ ‫ﻁﻤَ ُﻪ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺭﺙ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎل‬ ‫ﻷ ْﻤﺭﹺ ﻓﺄﺨﺒﺭَﻩ‪ ،‬ﹶﻓﹶﻠ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺽﺍَ‬ ‫ﺤﺠَﻴْﺭ ﻋﻥ ﺒﻌ ﹺ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺃﺒﻲ ﺍ ﹾﻟ ُ‬ ‫ﻲ ﺃ ﹶﻨﺱَ ﺒ َ‬ ‫ﺸﻤِﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺴّﺎﻨ ّ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺃﺒﻲ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺙﺒُ‬ ‫ﺴﺄل ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺭ ﹸ‬

‫ﺕ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻟﻡ ﺘﹶ ﹾﻠﻁِﻡ ﺍﻟﺜﹼﺎﻨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺫﻫﺒﺘﺎ َﻤ ﹶﺜﹶﻠﻴْﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺠ ُﺩ ﻨﺎﺼﺭﺍﹰ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻁﻤﻪ ﺜﺎﻨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎل‪ :‬ﻟ ْﻭ ﻨﹸﻬﻴ ﹶ‬ ‫ل ﻟ ْﻭ ﺃّ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺃﻨﺱ‪ :‬ﹸﺫ ﱞ‬

‫"ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻴﺩ" ﻻﺒﻥ ﻋﺒﺩ ﺭﺒّﻪ ﺍﻷﻨﺩﻟﺴﻲ‬

‫‪١٨‬‬


‫ﻫﻜﺫﺍ ﻓﻠﻴﻜﻥ ﺸﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﺴﻼﻡ‬ ‫ﺤﺒَﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﻥ ﹶﻨ ﹾﻔﺴَﻙَ ﻻ ﹶﺘﺭْﻀﺎﻙَ ﺼﺎ ِ‬ ‫ﻜﺄ ﱠ‬

‫ل‬ ‫ل ِﻤﻔﹾﻀﺎ ُ‬ ‫ﻀـﺎ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍ ﹾﻟ ِﻤ ﹾﻔ َ‬ ‫ﻻ ﻭﺃﻨ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺇﹼ‬

‫ﺠ ِﺘﻬَﺎ‬ ‫ﺼـﻭﱠﺍﻨﹰﺎ ِﻟ ُﻤ ْﻬ َ‬ ‫ﻙ َ‬ ‫ﻭﻻ ﹶﺘ ُﻌـ ﱡﺩ َ‬

‫ل‬ ‫ﻉ َﺒـﺫﹼﺍ ُ‬ ‫ﺕ ﻟﹶﻬـﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟ ﱠﺭ ْﻭ ﹺ‬ ‫ﻻ ﻭﺃﻨ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺇﹼ‬

‫ﺱ ﻜﻠﱡ ُﻬ ُﻡ‬ ‫ﺸـﻘﱠ ﹸﺔ ﺴﺎ َﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﹼﺎ ُ‬ ‫ﻟﹶﻭْﻻ ﺍ ﹾﻟﻤَ ﹶ‬

‫ل‬ ‫ﻹ ﹾﻗـﺩﺍ ُﻡ ﹶﻗ ﱠﺘـﺎ ُ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺠـﻭ ُﺩ ﻴُﻔﻘِـ ُﺭ ﻭﺍ ِ‬

‫ﻥ ﻁﺎ ﹶﻗ ﹶﺘـ ُﻪ‬ ‫ﻭﺇﻨﹼﻤﺎ َﻴ ْﺒﹸﻠـ ﹸﻎ ﺍﻹﻨﹾﺴـﺎ ُ‬

‫ل‬ ‫ﺸـﻤْﻼ ُ‬ ‫ل ِ‬ ‫ﺤﹺ‬ ‫ﺸ َﻴ ٍﺔ ﺒﺎﻟ ﱠﺭ ْ‬ ‫ﻤﺎ ﹸﻜلﱡ ﻤﺎ ِ‬

‫ﺢ ﹺﺒـ ِﻪ‬ ‫ﻙ ﺍ ﹾﻟﻘﹶﺒﻴ ﹺ‬ ‫ﻥ ﹶﺘ ْﺭ ُ‬ ‫ﺇِﻨﹼﺎ ﻟﹶﻔﻲ َﺯ َﻤـ ﹴ‬

‫ل‬ ‫ﻥ ﻭﺇﺠْﻤﺎ ُ‬ ‫ﺱ ﺇﺤْﺴﺎ ٌ‬ ‫ﻥ َﺃ ﹾﻜ ﹶﺜﺭﹺ ﺍﻟﻨﹼﺎ ﹺ‬ ‫ِﻤ ْ‬

‫)‪(٢٥‬‬ ‫)‪(٢٦‬‬

‫ﻁﻴّﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻨﺒّﻲ‬ ‫ﺃﺒﻭ ﺍﻟ ﹼ‬

‫______________________________‬ ‫)‪ -(٢٥‬ﺍﻟﺸﹼﻤﻼل‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻨﹼﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﻴّﺔ ﺍﻟﺴّﺭﻴﻌﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﺭّﺤل‪ :‬ﻤﺎ ﻴﺠﻌل ﻋﻠﻰ ﻅﻬﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﻴﺭ ﻜﺎﻟﺴّﺭﺝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻤﺎ ﺘﺴﺘﺼﺤﺒﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﺜﺎﺙ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴّﻔﺭ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺩ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﻱ ﺃﻴﻀ ﹰﺎ‪ :‬ﻤﺎ ﻜ ّل ﻤﺎﺸﻴﺔ ﺒﺎﻟ ﱢﺭﺠْل‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ‪ :‬ﻟﻴﺱ ﻜ ّل ﻤﻥ ﻴﻤﺸﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺠﻠﻪ ﺸﻤﻼﻻﹰ‪ :‬ﺃﻱ ﻗﻭ ّﻴ ﹰﺎ ﻗﺎﺩﺭﹰﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﺴﺭﺍﻉ‪.‬‬ ‫)‪ -(٢٦‬ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﻗﻭل ﺃﺒﻲ ﻓﺭﺍﺱ‪:‬‬

‫ﺵ َﺃﺸﹾﻐﺎ ُل‬ ‫ﻋ ْﻤﺭُﻩ ﺍﻟﺜﹼﺎﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺤﺎﺠَﺘﹸ ُﻪ‪ ....‬ﻤﺎ ﻗﹶﺎ ﹶﺘﻪُ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﹸﻀﻭ ُل ﺍ ﹾﻟ َﻌ ْﻴ ﹺ‬ ‫ِﺫ ﹾﻜ ُﺭ ﺍ ﹾﻟﻔﹶﺘﻰ ُ‬

‫ﺃﻴﻥ ﻫﺅﻻﺀ ﺍﻵﻥ؟‬

‫)‪(٢٧‬‬

‫ﺸـ ﹴﺭ ﺃَﻓﹾﻨﻰ ﺃﻭﺍ ِﺌﹶﻠ ُﻬـ ْﻡ‬ ‫ﻥ ﻤَ ْﻌ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺇﻨﹼﻲ ﹶﻟﻤِـ ْ‬

‫ل ﺍﻟ ﹸﻜ َﻤـﺎ ِﺓ ﺃﻻ َﺃ ْﻴﻥَ ﺍ ﹾﻟﻤُﺤﺎﻤﻭ ﹶﻨـﺎ‬ ‫ﻗِﻴ ُ‬

‫ﻷ ﹾﻟﻑِ ﻤِﻨﹼﺎ ﻭﺍﺤ ٌﺩ ﻓﺩَﻋَﻭْﺍ‬ ‫ﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍ َ‬ ‫ﹶﻟ ْﻭ ﻜﺎ َ‬

‫ﺱ ﺨﺎﹶﻟ ُﻬـ ْﻡ ﺇ ّﻴـﺎ ُﻩ َﻴﻌْﻨـﻭﻨﺎ‬ ‫ﻥ ﻓﺎﺭﹺ ٌ‬ ‫َﻤـ ْ‬

‫ﻥ ﻴَﻨـﺎﹶﻟ ُﻬـ ُﻡ‬ ‫ﺤـﻭْﺍ َﺃ ْ‬ ‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﹸﻤـﺎ ﹸﺓ ﹶﺘ ﹶﻨ ﱠ‬

‫ﺼﻠﹾﻨﺎﻫـﺎ ﺒﺄ ْﻴﺩِﻴﻨـﺎ‬ ‫ﺤ ﱡﺩ ﺍ ﹾﻟﻅﱡﺒـﺎ ِﺓ ﻭ َ‬ ‫َ‬

‫)‪(٢٨‬‬

‫ﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺭﺠﺢ ﺍﻷﻗﻭﺍل‬ ‫ﻋﻥ "ﺩﻴﻭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﺴﺔ" ﻷﺒﻲ ﺘﻤﺎﻡ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻷﺒﻴﺎﺕ ﻟﺒَﺸﹶﺎﻤﺔﹶ ﺍ ﹾﻟ ﱠﻨﻬْﺸﻠ ّ‬

‫ــــــــــــــــــ‬ ‫)‪ -(٢٧‬ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺎﺓ ﺠﻤﻊ ﺍ ﹾﻟ ﹶﻜ ِﻤﻲّ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﺸﹼﺠﺎﻉ ﺃﻭ ﻻﺒﺱ ﺍﻟﺴّﻼﺡ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻅﺒَﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺤ ّﺩ ﺍﻟﺴّﻴﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﺴّﻨﺎﻥ ﻭﻨﺤﻭﻫﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻴل‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻅﹼﺒﺔ ﻁﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﺴّﻴﻑ‪.‬‬ ‫)‪ -(٢٨‬ﺍﻟﻅﹼﺒﺎﺓ ﺠﻤﻊ ﺍ ﹾﻟ ﱡ‬

‫ﺒﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﻜﺒﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‬ ‫ﻷ َﻤـ ﹺﻡ‬ ‫ﻥﺍُ‬ ‫ُﺃﻤﱠﺘﻲ‪ ،‬ﻫَل ﹶﻟﻙِ َﺒ ْﻴـ َ‬

‫ﻑ ﺃﻭ ﻟِ ﹾﻠ ﹶﻘﹶﻠـ ﹺﻡ‬ ‫ﺴـ ْﻴ ِ‬ ‫ِﻤ ﹾﻨ َﺒـ ٌﺭ ﻟﻠ ﱠ‬

‫ﻕ‬ ‫ﻁﺭﹺ ﹲ‬ ‫ﻁـﺭْﻓﻲ ُﻤ ﹾ‬ ‫ﻙ ﻭﹶ‬ ‫ﺃﺘﻠ ﹼﻘـﺎ ِ‬

‫ﺼ ﹺﺭ ﹺﻡ‬ ‫ﻼ ﻤﻥ َﺃ ْﻤﺴِﻙِ ﺍ ﹾﻟ ُﻤ ﹾﻨ َ‬ ‫ﺠﹰ‬ ‫ﺨَ‬ ‫ﹶ‬

‫ﻭﻴﻜـﺎ ُﺩ ﺍﻟﺩّﻤ ُﻊ ﻴَﻬﻤﻲ ﻋﺎﺒﹺﺜـ ﹰﺎ‬

‫ﹺﺒﺒَﻘـﺎﻴـﺎ ِﻜﺒْﺭﻴـﺎ ِﺀ ﺍﻷﹶﻟـ ﹺﻡ!‬

‫ﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ‬ ‫ﺤـ ﹾ‬ ‫ﻙ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺃ ْﻭ َ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺩُﻨﻴﺎ ِ‬ ‫ﺃﻴ َ‬

‫ﻭَ ﹶﺘـﺭﻱ ﹸﻜلﱠ ﻴَﺘﻴـ ﹺﻡ ﺍ ﹾﻟ ﱠﻨ ﹶﻐـ ﹺﻡ‬

‫ﺼـﺩﺍ ِﺌ ِﻪ‬ ‫ﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ َﺃ ْ‬ ‫ﻜ ْﻡ ﺘﺨﻁﱠ ْﻴ ﹸ‬

‫ﺸـ َﻤ ﹺﻡ‬ ‫ﺏ ﺍﻟ ِﻌ ﱢﺯ ﻭ َﻤ ﹾﻐﻨﹶﻰ ﺍﻟ ﱠ‬ ‫ﻤ ﹾﻠ َﻌ َ‬

‫ﺏ‬ ‫ﺕ ﻜﺄ ﹼﻨـﻲ ﺴـﺎﺤِ ٌ‬ ‫ﻭﺘﻬﺎﺩ ْﻴـ ﹸ‬

‫ﺠـ ﹺﻡ‬ ‫ﻕ ﺠﹺﺒﺎ ِﻩ ﺍﻷ ﹾﻨ ُ‬ ‫ِﻤ ْﺌﺯَﺭﻱ ﻓﻭ ﹶ‬

‫ﻏﺼﱠـ ٍﺔ ﺩﺍ ِﻤ َﻴـ ٍﺔ‬ ‫ﺃﻤّﺘـﻲ! ﻜﻡ ﹸ‬

‫ﻙ ﻓﻲ ﻓﹶﻤﻲ‬ ‫ﺕ ﻨﹶﺠْﻭﻯ ﻋُﻼ ِ‬ ‫ﺨ ﹶﻨ ﹶﻘ ﹾ‬ ‫ﹶ‬

‫‪١٩‬‬


‫ﻑ‬ ‫ﻋـ ٍ‬ ‫ﺡ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺒﺎﺌﻲ ﺭﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﺠـ ْﺭ ﹴ‬ ‫ﻱ ُ‬ ‫ﺃ ﱡ‬

‫ﻓﺎ ﹶﺘـ ُﻪ ﺍﻵﺴـﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠـﻡ ﻴَ ﹾﻠ ﹶﺘﺌِـ ﹺﻡ‬

‫ل ﺘﻌـﻠـﻭ ﺭﺍ َﻴـ ﹲﺔ‬ ‫ﺴـﺭﺍﺌﻴـ َ‬ ‫ﻹْ‬ ‫َﺃ ِ‬

‫ﺤ َﺭ ﹺﻡ!‬ ‫ل ﺍ ﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﻅﱢ‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﺤِﻤﻰ ﺍ ﹾﻟ َﻤ ْﻬ ِﺩ ﻭ ِ‬

‫ل ﻭﹶﻟ ْﻡ‬ ‫ﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﱡﺫ ﹺ‬ ‫ﻀـ ْﻴ ِ‬ ‫ﻏ َ‬ ‫ﻑ َﺃ ﹾ‬ ‫ﻜﻴ ﹶ‬

‫ﺸـ ﹶﺘﻑِ ﺍﻟ ﱠﺜـ ْﺄ ُﺭ ﻭﻟ ْﻡ ﺘﹶ ﹾﻨﺘﹶﻘِﻤـﻲ‬ ‫َﻴ ﹾ‬

‫ﺍﺴﻤَﻌﻲ ﹶﻨ ْﻭﺡَ ﺍ ﹾﻟﺤَﺯﺍﻨﹶﻰ ﻭﺍﻁﺭَﺒﻲ‬

‫ﻭﺍﻨﻅﹸﺭﻱ ﺩﻤ َﻊ ﺍﻟﻴَﺘﺎﻤﻰ ﻭﺍﺒﺴِﻤﻲ‬

‫ﺕ‬ ‫ُﺭﺏﱠ "ﻭﺍ ُﻤ ْﻌ ﹶﺘﺼِـﻤﺎ ُﻩ" ﺍﻨﻁﻠ ﹶﻘـ ﹾ‬

‫ﺕ ﺍﻟ ُﻴ ﱠﺘـ ﹺﻡ‬ ‫ﻤِل َﺀ ﺃﻓـﻭﺍ ِﻩ ﺍﻟﺒَﻨـﺎ ِ‬

‫ﻋ ُﻬـ ْﻡ ﻟ ِﻜ ﱠﻨـﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﺕ ﺃﺴـﻤﺎ َ‬ ‫ﺴـ ﹾ‬ ‫ﻻ َﻤ َ‬

‫ﺼـ ﹺﻡ!‬ ‫ﺨـﻭَ ﹶﺓ ﺍ ﹾﻟ ُﻤ ْﻌ ﹶﺘ ِ‬ ‫ﺱ ﹶﻨ ﹾ‬ ‫ﻟ ْﻡ ﺘﹸﻼ ِﻤ ْ‬

‫ﺠـ ْﺩ ِﺘـ ِﻪ‬ ‫ﺼـ ﹶﻨﻡﹴ َﻤ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺃﻤّﺘﻲ! ﻜـﻡ َ‬

‫ﺼ ﹶﻨﻡﹺ!‬ ‫ﻁ ْﻬـ َﺭ ﺍ ﹾﻟ ﱠ‬ ‫ل ﹸ‬ ‫ﺤ ِﻤ ُ‬ ‫ﻥ َﻴ ْ‬ ‫ﹶﻟ ْﻡ ﻴ ﹸﻜ ْ‬

‫ﻋﺩْﻭﺍ ِﻨـ ِﻪ‬ ‫ﺏ ﻓﻲ ُ‬ ‫ﻻ ُﻴـﻼ ُﻡ ﺍﻟﺫﹼﺌ ُ‬

‫ﻋـ ُﺩﻭﱠ ﺍﻟ ﹶﻐ ﹶﻨﻡﹴ!‬ ‫ﻙ ﺍﻟﺭّﺍﻋﻲ َ‬ ‫ﻥ َﻴـ ُ‬ ‫ﺇْ‬

‫ﻭﺩَﻋـﻲ ﺍﻟﻘـﺎﺩ ﹶﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻫﻭﺍﺌِﻬـﺎ‬

‫ﻙ ﻟﹶﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﺸـﻜﹾﻭﻯ ﻓﻠﻭﻻ ِ‬ ‫ﺤﺒﹺﺴﻲ ﺍ ﹾﻟ ﱠ‬ ‫ﻓﺎ ْ‬

‫ﺱ ﺍﻟﻤَ ﹾﻐ ﹶﻨـ ﹺﻡ!‬ ‫ﹶﺘﺘﹶﻔﺎﻨﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺨﹶﺴـﻴ ﹺ‬

‫ﺤـ ﹾﻜ ﹺﻡ ﻋَﺒﻴ ُﺩ ﺍﻟ ﱢﺩ ْﺭ َﻫ ﹺﻡ‬ ‫ﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍ ﹾﻟ ُ‬ ‫ﻜﺎ َ‬

‫ﻋﻤﺭ ﺃﺒﻭ ﺭﻴﺸﺔ ﺴﻨﺔ ‪١٩٤٨‬ﻡ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﺍﺴﺘﺠﺎﺒﻭﺍ ﷲ ﻭﺍﻟﺭّﺴﻭل‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ﻥ ﹶﻗﺎ َ‬ ‫ﺠ ٌﺭ ﻋَﻅِﻴ ٌﻡ‪ .‬ﺍﱠﻟﺫِﻴ َ‬ ‫ﺤﺴَﻨﹸﻭﺍ ِﻤ ﹾﻨ ُﻬ ْﻡ ﻭَﺍ ﱠﺘ ﹶﻘﻭْﺍ ﺃَ ْ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺃَ ْ‬ ‫ﺡ ِﻟﱠﻠﺫِﻴ َ‬ ‫ﻥ َﺒ ْﻌ ِﺩ ﻤَﺎ َﺃﺼَﺎ َﺒ ُﻬ ُﻡ ﺍ ﹾﻟ ﹶﻘ ْﺭ ُ‬ ‫ﺴ ﹶﺘﺠَﺎﺒُﻭﺍ ِﻟﱠﻠ ِﻪ ﻭَﺍﻟﺭﱠﺴُﻭلﹺ ِﻤ ْ‬ ‫ﻥﺍْ‬ ‫}ﺍﱠﻟﺫِﻴ َ‬ ‫ل‪ .‬ﻓﹶﺎ ﹾﻨ ﹶﻘﹶﻠﺒُﻭﺍ ﹺﺒ ِﻨ ْﻌ َﻤ ٍﺔ‬ ‫ﺴ ُﺒﻨﹶﺎ ﺍﻟﻠﱠ ُﻪ َﻭ ِﻨ ْﻌ َﻡ ﺍ ﹾﻟ َﻭﻜِﻴ ُ‬ ‫ﺸ ْﻭ ُﻫ ْﻡ ﹶﻓﺯَﺍ َﺩ ُﻫ ْﻡ ﺇِﻴﻤَﺎﻨﹰﺎ َﻭﻗﹶﺎﻟﹸﻭﺍ ﺤَ ْ‬ ‫ﺨﹶ‬ ‫ﺠ َﻤﻌُﻭﺍ ﹶﻟ ﹸﻜ ْﻡ ﻓﹶﺎ ﹾ‬ ‫ﺱ ﹶﻗ ْﺩ َ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎ َ‬ ‫ﺱ ِﺇ ﱠ‬ ‫ﹶﻟ ُﻬ ُﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎ ُ‬ ‫ﻑ‬ ‫ﺨﻭﱢ ﹸ‬ ‫ﻥ ُﻴ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺸ ْﻴﻁﹶﺎ ُ‬ ‫ﻋﻅِﻴ ﹴﻡ‪ِ .‬ﺇ ﱠﻨﻤَﺎ ﺫﹶﻟِﻜﹸ ُﻡ ﺍﻟ ﱠ‬ ‫ﻀلﹴ َ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺍﻟﱠﻠ ِﻪ ﻭَﺍﻟﻠﱠ ُﻪ ﹸﺫﻭ ﹶﻓ ْ‬ ‫ﻀﻭَﺍ َ‬ ‫ﺴ ُﻬ ْﻡ ﺴُﻭ ٌﺀ ﻭَﺍ ﱠﺘ َﺒﻌُﻭﺍ ﹺﺭ ْ‬ ‫ﺴْ‬ ‫ﻀلﹴ ﹶﻟ ْﻡ َﻴ ْﻤ َ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪِ ﻭَ ﹶﻓ ْ‬ ‫ِﻤ ْ‬ ‫ﻥ{ )ﺁل ﻋﻤﺭﺍﻥ‪.(١٧٥-١٧٢ :‬‬ ‫ﻥ ﹸﻜ ﹾﻨ ﹸﺘ ْﻡ ُﻤ ْﺅ ِﻤﻨِﻴ َ‬ ‫ﻼ ﹶﺘﺨﹶﺎﻓﹸﻭ ُﻫ ْﻡ ﻭَﺨﹶﺎﻓﹸﻭﻨِﻲ ِﺇ ْ‬ ‫َﺃ ْﻭِﻟﻴَﺎ َﺀ ُﻩ ﹶﻓ ﹶ‬

‫ﻕ‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺜﹼﺒﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤ ﹼ‬ ‫ﺏ‬ ‫ﺏ ﺁﻟِﻬﺘﹶﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺎ َ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺃﺨﻴﻙ ﻗﺩ ﺴ ﱠ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺍﺒ َ‬ ‫ﺵ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺒﻲ ﻁﺎﻟﺏ ﻓﻘﺎﻟﻭﺍ‪ :‬ﻴﺎ ﺃﺒﺎ ﻁﺎﻟﺏ‪ ،‬ﺇ ّ‬ ‫ل ﻤﻥ ﺃﺸﺭﺍﻑ ﹸﻗ َﺭ ْﻴ ﹴ‬ ‫ﻤﺸﻰ ﺭﺠﺎ ٌ‬ ‫ﻻ‬ ‫ل ﺁﺒﺎﺀَﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻤّﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺘ ﹸﻜﻔﱠﻪ ﻋﻨﹶﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻤّﺎ ﺃﻥ ﹸﺘﺨﹶﻠِﻲﱠ ﺒﻴﻨﻨﺎ ﻭﺒﻴﻨﹶﻪ! ﻓﻘﺎل ﻟﻬﻡ ﺃﺒﻭ ﻁﺎﻟﺏ ﻗﻭ ﹰ‬ ‫ﺴﻔﱠﻪ ﺃﺤﻼﻤَﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻀَﱠﻠ َ‬ ‫ﺩﻴﻨﹶﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ َ‬ ‫َﺭﻓِﻴﻘﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﺩﱠﻫﻡ ﺭ ّﺩﹰﺍ ﺠَﻤﻴﻼﹰ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻨﺼﺭﻓﻭﺍ ﻋﻨﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺸﺭﹺﻱَ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻴﺩﻋﻭ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﺜ ّﻡ ﹶ‬ ‫ﻅ ﹺﻬ ُﺭ ﺩﻴ َ‬ ‫ﻭﻤﻀﻰ ﺭﺴﻭل ﺍﷲ ﺼﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺴﻠﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ُ ،‬ﻴ ﹾ‬

‫)‪(٢٨‬‬

‫ﺍﻷﻤ ُﺭ‬

‫ﷲ ﺒﻴ ﹶﻨﻬَﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﺫﺍﻤﺭﻭﺍ ﻓﻴﻪ )‪، (٢٩‬‬ ‫ل ﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﺵ ﺫﻜ َﺭ ﺭﺴﻭ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺕ ﹸﻗﺭَ ْﻴ ﹲ‬ ‫ل ﻭﺘﹶﻀَﺎﻏﹶﻨﻭﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﹾ‬ ‫ﺒﻴﻨﹶﻪ ﻭﺒﻴﻨﹶﻬﻡ ﺤﺘﻰ ﺘﹶﺒﺎﻋَﺩَ ﺍﻟﺭّﺠﺎ ُ‬ ‫ﺽ ﺒﻌﻀُﻬﻡ ﺒﻌﻀﹰﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺤ ﱠ‬ ‫ﻭَ‬ ‫ﺸﺭَﻓﹰﺎ ﻭﻤﻨـﺯﻟ ﹰﺔ ﻓﻴﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻨﹼﺎ ﻗﺩ‬ ‫ﺴ ﹼﻨﹰﺎ ﻭ ﹶ‬ ‫ﻥ ﻟﻙ ِ‬ ‫ﺸﻭْﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺒﻲ ﻁﺎﻟﺏ ﻤ ّﺭ ﹰﺓ ﺃُﺨﺭﻯ ﻓﻘﺎﻟﻭﺍ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﻴﺎ ﺃﺒﺎ ﻁﺎﻟﺏ‪ ،‬ﺇ ّ‬ ‫ﺜ ّﻡ ﺇﻨﹼﻬﻡ ﻤ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺸ ﹾﺘﻡﹺ ﺁﺒﺎﺌِﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﹶﺘﺴْﻔﻴﻪِ ﺃﺤﻼﻤِﻨﺎ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻥ ﺃﺨﻴﻙ ﻓﻠﻡ ﹶﺘ ﹾﻨ َﻬ ُﻪ ﻋﻨﹼﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻨﹼﺎ ﻭﺍﷲ ﻻ ﻨﺼﺒﹺﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺫﺍ ﻤﻥ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺍﺴﺘﹶ ﹾﻨﻬَ ْﻴﻨﹶﺎﻙَ ﻤﻥ ﺍﺒ ﹺ‬ ‫ﻙ ﺃﺤ ُﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻴﻘﻴﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺏ ﺁﻟِﻬﺘِﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﺤﺘﹼﻰ ﺘﻜﻔﱠﻪ ﻋﻨﹼﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻨﻨﺎﺯﻟﻪ ﻭﺇﻴّﺎﻙ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻴَﻬِﻠ َ‬ ‫ﻋ ْﻴ ﹺ‬ ‫ﻭَ‬

‫ﻙ ﻗﺩ ﺠﺎﺅﺅﻨﻲ ﻓﻘﺎﻟﻭﺍ‬ ‫ﻥ ﻗﻭ َﻤ َ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺃﺨﻲ‪ ،‬ﺇ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺙ ﺃﺒﻭ ﻁﺎﻟﺏ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺭﺴﻭل ﺍﷲ ﺼﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺴﻠﻡ ﻓﻘﺎل ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﻴﺎ ﺍﺒ َ‬ ‫ﻓﺒَﻌَ ﹶ‬

‫ﻲ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﻨﻔﺴِﻙ ﻭﻻ ﹸﺘﺤَ ﱢﻤﻠﹾﻨﻲ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﻤ ﹺﺭ ﻤﺎ ﻻ ﺃﻁﻴﻕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﹶﻠ ﱠ‬ ‫ﻟﻲ ﻜﺫﺍ ﻭﻜﺫﺍ ‪ِ-‬ﻟﻠﱠﺫﻱ ﻜﺎﻨﻭﺍ ﻗﺎﻟﻭﺍ ﻟﻪ‪ -‬ﹶﻓَﺄ ْﺒﻕِ َ‬

‫‪٢٠‬‬


‫ﻥ ﺭﺴﻭل ﺍﷲ ﺼﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺴﻠﻡ ﺃﻨﹼﻪ ﻗﺩ ﺒّﺩﺍ ﻟﻌﻤﱢﻪ ﻓﻴﻪ َﺒﺩَﺍﺀ‬ ‫ﻅﱠ‬ ‫ﻓﱠ‬

‫)‪(٣٠‬‬

‫ﺴِﻠﻤُﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻨﹼﻪ ﻗﺩ ﻀﻌُﻑ ﻋﻥ‬ ‫َﺃ ﱠﻨ ُﻪ ﺨﺎ ِﺫﻟﹸﻪ ﻭ ُﻤ ْ‬

‫ﺱ ﻓﻲ ﻴَﻤﻴﻨﻲ ﻭﺍﻟ ﹶﻘﻤَﺭَ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫ﺸ ْﻤ َ‬ ‫ﷲ ﹶﻟ ْﻭ ﻭَﻀَﻌﻭﺍ ﺍﻟ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺼ َﺭﺘِﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎل ﺭﺴﻭل ﺍﷲ ﺼﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺴﻠﻡ‪» :‬ﻴﺎ ﻋَﻡّ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﹸﻨ ْ‬ ‫ﺴ ﹶﺘ ْﻌﺒَﺭَ ﺭﺴﻭل ﺍﷲ ﺼﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﻙ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻤﺎ ﺘﹶﺭَ ﹾﻜﺘﹸﻪ!« ﺜ ّﻡ ﺍ ْ‬ ‫ﷲ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻫِﻠ َ‬ ‫ﻅ ﹺﻬ َﺭ ُﻩ ﺍ ُ‬ ‫ﻙ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻷﻤ َﺭ ﺤﺘﻰ ُﻴ ﹾ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺃ ﹾﺘ ُﺭ َ‬ ‫ﻴَﺴﺎﺭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃ ْ‬ ‫ل ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ل ﻴﺎ ﺍﺒﻥ ﺃﺨﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻗﺒل ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺭﺴﻭ ُ‬ ‫ﺏ ﻓﻘﺎل‪ :‬ﺃ ﹾﻗ ﹺﺒ ْ‬ ‫ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺴﻠﻡ ﻓﺒﻜﻰ‪ ،‬ﺜ ّﻡ ﻗﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤّﺎ ﻭﻟﹼﻰ ﻨﺎﺩﺍﻩ ﺃﺒﻭ ﻁﺎﻟ ﹴ‬ ‫ﻲﺀٍ ﺃﺒَﺩﺍ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺸ ْ‬ ‫ﺴِﻠﻤُﻙ ﻟِ ﹶ‬ ‫ﷲ ﻻ ُﺃ ْ‬ ‫ل ﻤﺎ ﺃﺤ َﺒ ْﺒﺕﹶ‪ ،‬ﹶﻓﻭَﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺃﺨﻲ ﻓ ﹸﻘ ْ‬ ‫ﺏ ﻴﺎ ﺍﺒ َ‬ ‫ﺼﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺴﻠﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎل ﺃﺒﻭ ﻁﺎﻟﺏ‪ :‬ﺍﺫﻫ ْ‬ ‫ــــــــــــــــــــ‬ ‫ﻱ‪ :‬ﺍﺴﺘﻁﺎﺭ ﻭﺘﻔﺭّﻕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺸﺭﹺ َ‬ ‫)‪ -(٢٨‬ﹶ‬ ‫ﺽ ﺒﻌﻀُﻬﻡ ﺒﻌﻀﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫)‪ - (٢٩‬ﺘﺫﺍﻤﺭﻭﺍ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ :‬ﺃﻱ ﺤ ّ‬ ‫ﻱ ﺠﺩﻴﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫)‪َ -(٣٠‬ﺒﺩَﺍﺀ‪ :‬ﺃﻱ ﺭﺃ ٌ‬

‫ﺃﻭّل ﺨﻁﺒﺔ ﻷﺒﻲ ﺒﻜﺭ ﺒﻌﺩ ﻭﻻﻴﺘﻪ‬ ‫ﺤ ِﻤ َﺩ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃ ﹾﺜﻨﹶﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺒﺎﻟﺫﻱ ﻫﻭ ﺃ ْﻫﻠﹸﻪ‪ ،‬ﺜ ّﻡ ﻗﺎل‪:‬‬ ‫َ‬

‫ﺕ ﻓﻘﻭﱢﻤﻭﻨﻲ؛‬ ‫ﺕ ﻓﺄﻋﻴﻨﻭﻨﻲ؛ ﻭﺇﻥ ﺃﺴﺄ ﹸ‬ ‫ﺨ ْﻴﺭﹺﻜﹸﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺃﺤﺴﻨ ﹸ‬ ‫ﺕ ﺒﹺ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺕ ﻋﻠﻴﻜﻡ ﻭﻟﺴ ﹸ‬ ‫ﺃﻤّﺎ َﺒ ْﻌ ُﺩ ﺃﻴّﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﹼﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻨﹼﻲ ﻗﺩ ُﻭﻟﱢﻴ ﹸ‬

‫ﺢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺤﻘﱠﻪ‬ ‫ﻑ ﻓﻴﻜﻡ ﻗﻭﻱﱞ ﻋﻨﺩﻱ ﺤﺘﻰ ُﺃﺭﹺﻴ َ‬ ‫ﺏ ﺨِﻴﺎﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻀّﻌﻴ ﹸ‬ ‫ﻕ ﺃﻤﺎﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺫ ُ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼّﺩ ﹸ‬

‫)‪(٣١‬‬

‫ﻱ‬ ‫ﺇﻥ ﺸﺎﺀ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟ ﹶﻘﻭﹺِ ﱡ‬

‫ﷲ‬ ‫ﻀ َﺭ َﺒ ُﻬ ُﻡ ﺍ ُ‬ ‫ﻻ َ‬ ‫ﷲ ﺇﹼ‬ ‫ل ﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﻉ ﻗﻭ ٌﻡ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎ َﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺴﺒﻴ ﹺ‬ ‫ﻕ ﻤﻨﻪ ﺇﻥ ﺸﺎﺀ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻻ َﻴ َﺩ ُ‬ ‫ﺤﱠ‬ ‫ﺨ ﹶﺫ ﺍﻟ َ‬ ‫ﻑ ﻋﻨﺩﻱ ﺤﺘﻰ ﺁ ﹸ‬ ‫ﻓﻴﻜﻡ ﻀﻌﻴ ﹲ‬ ‫ﺕ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﺼ ْﻴ ﹸ‬ ‫ﻋ َ‬ ‫ﺕ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺭﺴﻭﻟﹶﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ َ‬ ‫ﻁ ﺇﻻ ﻋﻤﱠ ُﻬ ُﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﺒَﻼﺀ‪ ،‬ﺃﻁﻴﻌﻭﻨﻲ ﻤﺎ ﺃﻁﻌ ﹸ‬ ‫ﺒﺎﻟ ﱡﺫلﹺ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺘﹶﺸﻴ ُﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺤِﺸ ﹸﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻭ ﹴﻡ ﻗ ﱡ‬ ‫ﻭﺭﺴﻭﻟﹶﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﻁﺎﻋ ﹶﺔ ﻟﻲ ﻋﻠﻴﻜﻡ‪ .‬ﻗﻭﻤﻭﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺼﻼﺘﻜﻡ ﻴﺭﺤﻤﻜﻡ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬

‫"ﺴﻴﺭﺓ ﺍﺒﻥ ﻫﺸﺎﻡ" ﻭ "ﺘﺎﺭﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﻁﹼﺒﺭﻱ" ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻁﺒﺔ ﺃﻴﻀ ﹰﺎ ﻓﻲ "ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻴﺩ" ﻭ "ﻋﻴﻭﻥ ﺍﻷﺨﺒﺎﺭ" ﻤﻊ ﺨﻼﻑ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬

‫ـــــــــــــــــ‬ ‫)‪ -(٣١‬ﺃﺭﺍﺡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﻼﻥ ﺤﻘﹼﻪ‪َ :‬ﺭﺩﱠﻩ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻲ ﺭﻀﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‬ ‫ﺤِﻜﹶﻡ ﻟﻌﻠ ّ‬ ‫ﺴﹶﻠ َﺒﺘﹾﻪ ﻤﺤﺎﺴﻥ ﹶﻨ ﹾﻔﺴِﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺕ ﻋﻨﻪ َ‬ ‫ﻏ ْﻴﺭﹺﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ َﺃ ْﺩﺒَﺭَ ﹾ‬ ‫ﻥ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺴَ‬ ‫ ﺇﺫﺍ َﺃ ﹾﻗﺒَﹶﻠﺕِ ﺍﻟﺩّﻨﻴﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ َﺃﺤَﺩٍ ﺃﻋﺎﺭﺘﹾﻪ ﻤَﺤﺎ ِ‬‫ﻥ ﻤﺘﱡﻡ ﻤﻌﻬﺎ َﺒ ﹶﻜﻭْﺍ ﻋﻠﻴﻜﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﻋِﺸﺘﻡ ﺤَﻨﹼﻭﺍ ﺇﻟﻴﻜﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻁﺔﹰ ﺇ ْ‬ ‫ﺱ ﻤُﺨﺎﹶﻟ ﹶ‬ ‫ ﺨﺎﻟِﻁﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﹼﺎ َ‬‫ل ﺍ ﹾﻟ َﻌ ﹾﻔ َﻭ ﻋﻨ ُﻪ ﺸﻜﺭﹰﺍ ﻟﻠ ﹸﻘ ْﺩ َﺭ ِﺓ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺩﻭﱢﻙ ﻓﺎﺠﻌ ﹺ‬ ‫ ﺇﺫﺍ ﹶﻗﺩَ ْﺭ ﹶ‬‫ﻅﻔِﺭَ ﺒﻪ ﻤﻨﻬﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺏ ﺍﻹﺨﻭﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻋﺠ ُﺯ ﻤﻨﻪ ﻤﻥ ﻀﻴﱠﻊ ﻤﻥ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺠ َﺯ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻜﺘِﺴﺎ ﹺ‬ ‫ﻋَ‬ ‫ ﺃﻋﺠ ُﺯ ﺍﻟﻨﹼﺎﺱ ﻤﻥ َ‬‫ﺕ ﹶﺘﻌْﺼﻴﻪ ﻓﺎﺤﺫﺭْﻩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻙ ِﻨ َﻌ َﻤ ُﻪ ﻭﺃﻨ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺕ ﺭﺒﱠﻙ ﺴﺒﺤﺎﻨﻪ ُﻴﺘﹶﺎ ﹺﺒ ُﻊ ﻋﻠﻴ َ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺁﺩﻡ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺭﺃﻴ ﹶ‬ ‫ ﻴﺎ ﺍﺒ َ‬‫ﺕ ﻭﺠﻬﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻻ ﻅﻬ َﺭ ﻓﻲ ﹶﻓﻠﹶﺘﺎﺕِ ﻟﺴﺎﻨِﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺼﻔﺤﺎ ِ‬ ‫ ﻤﺎ ﺃﻀﻤ َﺭ ﺃﺤ ٌﺩ ﺸﻴﺌﹰﺎ ﺇ ﹼ‬‫ل ﺍﻟ ﱡﺯ ْﻫ ِﺩ ﺇﺨﻔﺎ ُﺀ ﺍﻟﺯّﻫﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﺃﻓﻀ ُ‬

‫"ﻨﻬﺞ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻏﺔ"‬

‫‪٢١‬‬


‫ﻜ ّل ﻭﺍﺤﺩﺓ ﺨﻴﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻟﻑ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﺎﺏ‪-‬‬ ‫ل ‪ -‬ﻴﻌﻨﻲ ﻋﻤ َﺭ ﺒ َ‬ ‫ﻥ ﻋﺒّﺎﺱ ﺭﻀﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎل‪ :‬ﻗﺎل ﻟﻲ ﺃﺒﻲ‪ :‬ﺃﺭﻯ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺭّﺠ َ‬ ‫ﻲ ﻋﻥ ﺍﺒ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺸ ْﻌ ﹺﺒ ﱡ‬ ‫ﺍﻟ ﱠ‬

‫ل ﺃﺭﺒﻊ‪ :‬ﻻ‬ ‫ﻙ ﹺﺒﺨِﻼ ﹴ‬ ‫ﺴ ﹶﺘ ﹾﻔ ﹺﻬﻤُﻙ ﻭﻴﻘﺩّﻤﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻜﺎﺒﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺼﺤﺎﺏ ﻤﺤﻤﺩ ﺼﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺴﻠﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻨﹼﻲ ﻤﻭﺼِﻴ َ‬ ‫َﻴ ْ‬ ‫ﻥ ﻋﻨﺩﻩ ﺃﺤﺩﺍ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻁﻭﹺ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻨﺼﻴﺤﺔﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺘﻐﺘﺎ َﺒ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺴ ّﺭﺍﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ُﻴﺠَﺭﱢﺒَﻥﱠ ﻋﻠﻴﻙ ﻜﹶﺫِﺒﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﹶﺘ ﹾ‬ ‫ﻥ ﻟﻪ ِ‬ ‫ﺸ َﻴ ﱠ‬ ‫ﹸﺘ ﹾﻔ ِ‬ ‫ﺸ َﺭ ِﺓ ﺁﻻﻑ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﹾ‬ ‫ﻥ َ‬ ‫ل ﻭﺍﺤﺩ ٍﺓ ﺨﻴ ٌﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻟﻑ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎل‪ :‬ﺇﻱ ﻭﺍﷲِ‪ ،‬ﻭ ِﻤ ْ‬ ‫ﺕ ﻻﺒﻥ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ‪ :‬ﻜ ﱡ‬ ‫ﻲ‪ :‬ﻓﻘﻠ ﹸ‬ ‫ﻗﺎل ﺍﻟﺸﹼﻌﺒ ّ‬

‫"ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻴﺩ" ﻻﺒﻥ ﻋﺒﺩ ﺭﺒّﻪ ﺍﻷﻨﺩﻟﺴﻲ‬

‫ﻥ ﺤﻜﹼﺎﻤﻨﺎ ﻻ ﻴﺴﺘﺤﻭﻥ‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻜ ﱠ‬ ‫ﻻ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻲ ﻨﺎﺼِﺭﹰﺍ ﺇ ﹼ‬ ‫ﻋﹶﻠ ﱠ‬ ‫ﻥ ﻻ ﻴﺠ ُﺩ َ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺃﻅﻠ َﻡ َﻤ ْ‬ ‫ﻗﺎل ﻤُﻌﺎ ﹺﻭ َﻴ ﹸﺔ‪ :‬ﺇﻨﹼﻲ ﻷﺴﺘﺤﻲ ﺃ ْ‬

‫"ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻴﺩ" ﻻﺒﻥ ﻋﺒﺩ ﺭﺒّﻪ ﺍﻷﻨﺩﻟﺴﻲ‬

‫ﻫل ﻴﻨﺘﻔﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﹼﺎﻡ ﺒﻬﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ؟!‬ ‫ﻥ َﺃ ْﻤ ﹶﻜ ﹶﻨ ﹾﺘﻙَ ﺍﻟ ﹸﻘ ْﺩ َﺭ ﹸﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻠﻭﻕ ﻓﺎﺫﻜ ْﺭ ﹸﻗ ْﺩﺭَﺓ‬ ‫ﻱ ﺒﻥ ﺃَﺭﻁﺎﺓ‪ :‬ﺃﻤّﺎ َﺒ ْﻌﺩُ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈ ْ‬ ‫ﻋ ِﺩ ّ‬ ‫ﻜﺘﺏ ﻋﻤﺭ ﺒﻥ ﻋﺒﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺯﻴﺯ ﺇﻟﻰ َ‬ ‫ل ﻤﺎ ﻟﻠﺭّﻋﻴّﺔ ﻋﻨﺩﻙ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻥ ﻤﺎﹶﻟﻙَ ﻋﻨ َﺩ ﺍﷲ ﻤِﺜ ُ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻟﻕ ﻋﻠﻴﻙ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻋﻠﻡ ﺃ ّ‬

‫"ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻴﺩ" ﻻﺒﻥ ﻋﺒﺩ ﺭﺒّﻪ ﺍﻷﻨﺩﻟﺴﻲ‬

‫ﺫﻭ ﺍﻟﻭﺠﻬﻴﻥ ﻻ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺠﻴﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﻌﺎﻭﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺜ ﱠﻡ ﻴﻤﻴﻠﻭﻥ‬ ‫ﺱ ﻴﺴﻠﹼﻤﻭ َ‬ ‫ﻟﻤّﺎ ﹶﻨﺼَﺏَ ﻤﻌﺎﻭﻴ ﹸﺔ ﻴﺯﻴ َﺩ ﻟﻭﻻﻴﺔ ﺍ ﹾﻟﻌَﻬْﺩ َﺃ ﹾﻗ َﻌﺩَﻩ ﻓﻲ ﹸﻗ ﱠﺒ ٍﺔ ﺤﻤﺭﺍﺀ؛ ﻓﺠﻌل ﺍﻟﻨﹼﺎ ُ‬ ‫ﺠ َﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻤﻌﺎﻭﻴﺔ؛ ﻓﻘﺎل‪ :‬ﻴﺎ ﺃﻤﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ؛ ﺍﻋﻠ ْﻡ ﺃﻨﹼﻙ ﻟﻭ ﻟﻡ ﹸﺘﻭَلﱢ‬ ‫ل ﺫﻟﻙ ﺜ ّﻡ ﺭ َ‬ ‫ل ﻓﻔﻌ َ‬ ‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﻴﺯﻴﺩ‪ ،‬ﺤﺘﻰ ﺠﺎﺀ ﺭﺠ ٌ‬ ‫ﻑ‬ ‫ﺤ ﹶﻨ ﹸ‬ ‫ﻀ ْﻌﺘﹶﻬﺎ! ﻭﺍﻷ ْ‬ ‫ﻫﺫﺍ ﺃﻤﻭ َﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻴﻥ ﻷ َ‬

‫)‪(٣٢‬‬

‫ل ﻴﺎ ﺃﺒﺎ َﺒﺤْﺭ؟‬ ‫ﺠﺎﻟﺱ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺎل ﻤﻌﺎﻭﻴ ﹸﺔ ﻟﻸﺤﻨﻑ‪ :‬ﻤﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﹸﻙ ﻻ ﺘﻘﻭ ُ‬

‫ﻥ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻋ ِﺔ ﺨﻴﺭﺍ! ﻭﺃﻤﺭ ﻟﻪ‬ ‫ﺼ َﺩ ﹾﻗﺕﹸ؛ ﻓﻘﺎل ﻤﻌﺎﻭﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﺠﺯﺍﻙ ﺍﷲ ﻋ ﹺ‬ ‫ﷲ ﺇﻥ ﻜﹶﺫﹶ ْﺒﺕﹸ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺨﺎﻓﹸﻜﻡ ﺇﻥ َ‬ ‫ﻑ ﺍ َ‬ ‫ﻓﻘﺎل‪ :‬ﺃﺨﺎ ﹸ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺨﻠﻕ ﺍﷲ ﻫﺫﺍ‬ ‫ﺸ ﱠﺭ َﻤ ْ‬ ‫ﻥ ﹶ‬ ‫ﻋﹶﻠ ُﻡ ﺃ ّ‬ ‫ﻷْ‬ ‫ل ﺒﺎﻟﺒﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎل‪ :‬ﻴﺎ ﺃﺒﺎ َﺒﺤْﺭ‪ ،‬ﺇﻨﹼﻲ َ‬ ‫ﺒﺄﻟﹸﻭﻑ‪ .‬ﻓﻠﻤّﺎ ﺨﺭﺝ ﺍﻷﺤﻨﻑ ﹶﻟﻘِﻴَ ﹸﺔ ﺍﻟﺭّﺠ ُ‬ ‫ﻻ ﺒﻤﺎ ﺴﻤﻌﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﺒﻨﹸﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﹼﻬﻡ ﻗﺩ ﺍﺴﺘﹶﻭﺜﹶﻘﻭﺍ ﻤﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﻤﻭﺍل ﺒﺎﻷﺒﻭﺍﺏ ﻭﺍﻷﻗﻔﺎل؛ ﻓﻠﺴﻨﺎ ﻨﻁﻤ ُﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺭﺍﺠﻬﺎ ﺇ ﹼ‬ ‫ﷲ ﻭَﺠﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻥ ﻋﻨ َﺩ ﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﻻ ﻴﻜﻭ َ‬ ‫ﻕﺃﹼ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺨﹶﻠِﻴ ﹲ‬ ‫ﺠ َﻬ ْﻴ ﹺ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺫﺍ ﺍﻟ َﻭ ْ‬ ‫ﻓﻘﺎل ﻟﻪ ﺍﻷﺤﻨﻑ‪ :‬ﻴﺎ ﻫﺫﺍ؛ ﺃ ْﻤﺴِﻙْ؛ ﻓﺈ ّ‬

‫"ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻤل" ﻟﻠﻤﺒﺭﺩ‬

‫ــــــــــــــــــ‬ ‫)‪ -(٣٢‬ﻫﻭ ﺍﻷﺤﻨﻑ ﺒﻥ ﻗﻴﺱ ﺴﻴّﺩ ﺘﻤﻴﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺤﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﺤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺸﹼﺠﻌﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺩّﻫﺎﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻤﻤّﻥ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻴﻀﺭﺏ ﺒﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺜل ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻡ‪.‬‬

‫‪٢٢‬‬


‫ﺸ ّﺭ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺜﺔ‬ ‫ﻅﻨﱡﻙ ﺘﺨﻭﻨﹸﻨﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻷﹸ‬ ‫ﻁﺔِ ﻓﺄﻨﻜ َﺭ ﻤﻨﻪ ﺸﻴْﺌﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎل ﻟﻭﻜﻴﻠﻪ‪ :‬ﻭ ْﻴﺤَﻙ! ﺇﻨﹼﻲ َ‬ ‫ﻀ ْﻴ َﻌ ٍﺔ ﻟﻪ ﺒﺎﻟﻐﻭ ﹶ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺍﻟﺤَ ﹶﻜﻡﹺ ﻋﻠﻰ َ‬ ‫ﻥﺒُ‬ ‫ﺍﻁﹼﻠ َﻊ ﻤﺭﻭﺍ ُ‬

‫ﻙ‬ ‫ﷲ ﺇﻨﹼﻲ ﻷﺨﻭﻨﹸﻙ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇ ﹼﻨ َ‬ ‫ﺴﺘﹶ ْﻴﻘِﻨﹸﻪُ؟ ﻗﺎل ﻤﺭﻭﺍﻥ‪ :‬ﻭﺘﹶ ﹾﻔﻌَﹸﻠﻪُ؟ ﻗﺎل ﺍﻟﻭﻜﻴل‪ :‬ﻨﻌﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻭﻻ ﺘﹶ ْ‬ ‫ﻅﱡ‬ ‫ﻗﺎل ﺍﻟﻭﻜﻴل‪ :‬ﺃ ﹶﻓ ﹶﺘ ﹸ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺸ ﱠﺭ ﺍﻟﺜﹼﻼﺜﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻥ ﻟﹶﻴﺨﻭﻥ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻌ َ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺃﻤﻴ َﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴ َ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺃﻤﻴ َﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇ ﱠ‬ ‫ﹶﻟﺘﹶﺨﻭ ُ‬

‫"ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻴﺩ" ﻻﺒﻥ ﻋﺒﺩ ﺭﺒّﻪ ﺍﻷﻨﺩﻟﺴﻲ‬

‫ﻕ‬ ‫ﻟﻌ ّل ﺍﻟﺜﻌﻠﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺸﻲﺀ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺤ ﹼ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺜﻌﻠﺒﹰﺎ ﺃﺘﻰ ﺃَﺠَﻤَﺔ‬ ‫ﺯﻋﻤﻭﺍ ﺃ ّ‬

‫)‪(٣٣‬‬

‫ﻥ ﺘﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﺸﹼﺠﺭ ِﺓ‬ ‫ﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﹸﻀﺒﺎ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺕ ﺍﻟﺭّﻴ ُ‬ ‫ل ُﻤ َﻌﻠﱠﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺸﺠﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻜﻠﹼﻤﺎ َﻫ ﱠﺒ ِ‬ ‫ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻁﹶ ْﺒ ٌ‬

‫ﻋﻅﹶﻡ ﺼﻭﺘﻪ؛ ﻓﻠﻤّﺎ‬ ‫ﺏ ﻨﺤﻭﻩ ﻷﺠل ﻤﺎ ﺴﻤﻊ ﻤﻥ ِ‬ ‫ﺕ ﻋﻅﻴﻡ؛ ﻓﺘﻭﺠّﻪ ﺍﻟﺜﹼﻌﻠ ُ‬ ‫ﺴﻤِﻊَ ﻟﻪ ﺼﻭ ﹲ‬ ‫ل ﹶﻓ ُ‬ ‫ﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﹼﺒ َ‬ ‫ﻀ َﺭ َﺒ ِ‬ ‫ﺤ ّﺭ ﹶﻜﺘﹾﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓ َ‬ ‫ﻑ ﻻ ﺸﻲ َﺀ ﻓﻴﻪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺠﻭَ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺸﻘﱠﻪ‪ .‬ﻓﻠﻤّﺎ ﺭﺁﻩ َﺃ ْ‬ ‫ﺠ ُﻪ ﺤﺘﻰ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺤ ﹺﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﹼﺤﻡ‪ .‬ﻓﻌﺎﹶﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺸْ‬ ‫ﺃﺘﺎﻩ ﻭﺠﺩﻩ ﻀﺨﻤﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻴﻘﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﺒﻜﺜﺭﺓ ﺍﻟ ﱠ‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ﺸَ‬ ‫ل َﺃ ﹾﻓ ﹶ‬ ‫ﻗﺎل‪ :‬ﻻ ﺃﺩﺭﻱ ﻟﻌ ّ‬

‫)‪(٣٤‬‬

‫ﺠﺜﱠﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺠﻬَﺭُﻫﺎ ﺼَﻭﺘﹰﺎ ﻭﺃﻋﻅﻤُﻬﺎ ُ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺸﻴﺎ ِﺀ ﺃَ ْ‬

‫"ﻜﻠﻴﻠﺔ ﻭﺩﻤﻨﺔ"‬

‫ــــــــــــــــــــ‬ ‫ﻑ‪.‬‬ ‫)‪ -(٣٣‬ﺍﻷﺠﻤﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺸﺠﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺘ ﹼ‬ ‫ﺤﺩَﺜﻭﻥ؛ ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﺏ ﺃﻭ ﺸﺩّﺓ‪ .‬ﺃﻤّﺎ ﺍﺴﺘﻌﻤﺎل ﻓﺸل ﺒﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺃﺨﻔﻕ ﻓﻬﻭ ﺨﻁﺄ ﺩﺭﺝ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍ ﹾﻟ ُﻤ ْ‬ ‫)‪ -(٣٤‬ﹶﻓﺸِ َل‪ :‬ﻀﻌﻑ ﻭﺘﺭﺍﺨﻰ ﻭﺠﺒﻥ ﻋﻨ َﺩ ﺤﺭ ﹴ‬ ‫ﺃﻗﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻔﺸل )ﺍﻟﻀّﻌﻑ( ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻹﺨﻔﺎﻕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻤﺎ ﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﻤﺎ ُﻴﻔﹾﻀﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻻ ﺼﺤﺒﺘﻨﻲ ﻤﻬﺠﺔ ﺘﻘﺒل ﺍﻟﻅﹼﻠﻡ‬

‫)‪(٣٥‬‬

‫ﺕ ﻓﻲ ﹸﻜلﱢ َﺒ ﹾﻠـ َﺩ ٍﺓ‬ ‫ﻥ ﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﻤﺎ ﺃ ﹾﻨ ﹶ‬ ‫ﻴﻘﻭﻟـﻭ َ‬

‫ﺴﻤَﻰ‬ ‫ل ﺃﻥ ُﻴ ْ‬ ‫ﺠﱠ‬ ‫ﻭﻤﺎ ﹶﺘ ْﺒﺘﹶﻐﻲ؟ ﻤﺎ ﺃ ْﺒﺘﹶﻐﻲ َ‬

‫ﺴـﻨﹶﺎ‬ ‫ﻥ ﻨﹸﻔـﻭ َ‬ ‫ﻥ ﹶﻗـ ْﻭ ﹴﻡ ﻜﺄ ﱠ‬ ‫ﻭﺇ ﹼﻨـﻲ ﹶﻟﻤِـ ْ‬

‫ﻅ َﻤـﺎ‬ ‫ﺤﻡَ ﻭﺍﻟ َﻌ ﹾ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﱠ ْ‬ ‫ﺴـ ﹸﻜ َ‬ ‫ﻥ ﹶﺘ ْ‬ ‫ﻑ ﺃْ‬ ‫ﺒَﻬﺎ َﺃ ﹶﻨ ﹲ‬

‫)‪(٣٦‬‬

‫ﺕ ﻓﺎ ﹾﺫﻫَﺒﻲ‬ ‫ﺸ ْﺌ ِ‬ ‫ﻜﺫﺍ ﺃﻨـﺎ ﻴﺎ ُﺩﻨﹾﻴـﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ِ‬

‫ﺱ ﺯﹺﻴـﺩﻱ ﻓﻲ ﻜﹶﺭﺍ ِﺌ ﹺﻬﻬَﺎ ﹸﻗ ْﺩﻤَﺎ‬ ‫ﻭﻴﺎ ﹶﻨ ﹾﻔ ُ‬

‫ﺕ ﺒﻲ ﺴـﺎﻋَ ﹲﺔ ﻻ ﹸﺘﻌِﺯﱡﻨﻲ‬ ‫ﻋ َﺒـ َﺭ ﹾ‬ ‫ﻓﻼ َ‬

‫ﻅ ﹾﻠ َﻤـﺎ‬ ‫ل ﺍﻟ ﱡ‬ ‫ﺤ َﺒﺘﹾﻨﻲ ﻤُﻬﺠَ ﹲﺔ ﹶﺘ ﹾﻘﺒَـ ُ‬ ‫ﺼـ ِ‬ ‫ﻭﻻ َ‬

‫ﻤﻥ ﻗﺼﻴﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻨﺒّﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺜﺎﺀ ﺠﺩّﺘﻪ ﻷﻤّﻪ‬

‫ـــــــــــــــ‬ ‫)‪ -(٣٥‬ﻤﺎ ﺃﻨﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻜ ّل ﺒﻠﺩﺓ‪ :‬ﻗﺎل ﺃﺒﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺎﺀ ﺍﻟ َﻌﻜﹾﺒﺭﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺸﺭﺡ ﺩﻴﻭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻨﺒّﻲ‪ :‬ﻤﺎ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﻤﻥ ﻴﻌﻘل‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻗﺎل‪ :‬ﻤﺎ ﺃﻨﺕﹶ؟‬ ‫ﻥ{‬ ‫ﺏ ﺍ ﹾﻟﻌَﺎ ﹶﻟﻤِﻴ َ‬ ‫ﻥ َﻭﻤَﺎ َﺭ ﱡ‬ ‫ﻋ ْﻭ ُ‬ ‫ﺸﻲْﺀ ﺃﻨﺕ؟ ﻓﺘﻘﻭ ُل‪ :‬ﻜﺎﺘﺏ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺸﺎﻋﺭ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻓﻘﻴﻪ‪ .‬ﻗﺎل ﺍﷲ ﺘﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺤﺎﻜﻴ ﹰﺎ ﻋﻥ ﻓﺭﻋﻭﻥ‪} :‬ﻗﹶﺎ َل ِﻓ ْﺭ َ‬ ‫ﻱ ﹶ‬ ‫ﻓﺎ ﹾﻟﻤُﺭﺍ ُﺩ ﺃ ّ‬ ‫)ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺭﺍﺀ‪.(٢٣ :‬‬

‫ﻥ ﺸﺌﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﺴﺕ ﺃﺒﺎﻟﻲ ﺒﻙ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺕ ﻨﻔﺴﻲ ﻻ ﺃﻗﺒ ُل ﻀﻴﻤﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ُﺃﺴِﻑﱡ ِﻟ َﺩ ِﻨﻴّﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺫﻫﺒﻲ ﻋﻨﹼﻲ ﺇ ْ‬ ‫)‪ -(٣٦‬ﻗﺎل ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺤﺩﻱ‪ :‬ﻴﻘﻭل ﻟﻠﺩّﻨﻴﺎ‪ :‬ﺃﻨﺎ ﻜﻤﺎ ﻭﺼﻔ ﹸ‬

‫ﻭﻴﺎ ﻨﻔﺱ ﺯﻴﺩﻱ ﺘﻘﺩّﻤ ﹰﺎ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺘﻜﺭﻫﻪ ﺍﻟﺩّﻨﻴﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟ ﱠﺘ َﻌﻅﹼﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﺭْﻙ ﺍﻻﻨﻘﻴﺎﺩ ﻟﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﺸﺌﺕ ﻗﻠﺕ‪ :‬ﻓﻲ ﻜﺭﺍﺌﻬﻬﺎ ‪-‬ﺃﻱ ﻓﻲ ﻜﺭﺍﺌﻪ ﺃﻫﻠﻬﺎ‪-‬‬ ‫ﻴﻌﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺭﻭﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻤﻜﺭﻭﻫﺔ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺃﻫل ﺍﻟﺩّﻨﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﺘﺴﻤّﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻜﺭﻴﻬﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﻤﻥ ﺒﺎﺏ ﺤﺫﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﻑ‪.‬‬

‫‪٢٣‬‬


‫ﻤﻥ ﺃﺨﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺏ "ﺍ ُﻷﺼَﻼﺀ"‬ ‫ﻙ‬ ‫ﷲ ﻭﺍ ْﺒ ﹶﻨـ ﹶﺔ ﻤﺎِﻟ ٍ‬ ‫ﺃَﻴَﺎ ﺍ ْﺒ ﹶﻨـ ﹶﺔ ﻋﺒـ ِﺩ ﺍ ِ‬

‫ﻥ ﻭﺍﻟ ﹶﻔﺭَﺱﹺ ﺍﻟ َﻭ ْﺭ ِﺩ‬ ‫ﻭﻴﺎ ﺍﺒ ﹶﻨ ﹶﺔ ﺫِﻱ ﺍﻟ ُﺒ ْﺭ َﺩ ْﻴ ﹺ‬

‫ﺼـ ﹶﻨ ْﻌﺕِ ﺍﻟﺯّﺍ َﺩ ﻓﺎﻟ ﹶﺘﻤِﺴﻲ ﻟ ُﻪ‬ ‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻤﺎ َ‬

‫ﺤـﺩﻱ‬ ‫ﺕ ﺁﻜِﹶﻠـﻪ َﻭ ْ‬ ‫ﺃَﻜﻴﻼﹰ ﻓﺈﻨﹼﻲ ﻟﺴـ ﹸ‬

‫ﺕ ﻓﺈﻨﱠﻨﻲ‬ ‫ﺃﺨـﹰﺎ ﻁﺎﺭﻗـﹰﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺠﺎ َﺭ َﺒ ْﻴ ٍ‬

‫ﻥ َﺒ ْﻌﺩِﻱ‬ ‫ﺙ ِﻤ ْ‬ ‫ﺕ ﺍﻷﺤﺎﺩﻴ ِ‬ ‫ﻑ َﻤ ﹶﺫ ﱠﻤـﺎ ِ‬ ‫ﺃَﺨﺎ ﹸ‬

‫ﻑ ﻤﺎ ﺩﺍ َﻡ ﺜﺎﻭﹺﻴﹰﺎ‬ ‫ﻀ ْﻴ ِ‬ ‫ﻭﺇﻨﹼﻲ ﹶﻟ َﻌ ْﺒـ ُﺩ ﺍﻟ ﱠ‬

‫ﺸـﻴﻤَﺔ ﺍﻟ َﻌ ْﺒـ ِﺩ‬ ‫ﻙ ﻤﻥ ِ‬ ‫ﻻ ﺘﻠ َ‬ ‫ﻲﺇﹼ‬ ‫ﻭﻤﺎ ِﻓ ﱠ‬

‫ﻱ ﻭﻗﺩ ﻋُﺯﻴﺕ ﺃﻴﻀ ﹰﺎ ﻟﺤﺎﺘﻡ ﺍﻟﻁﹼﺎﺌﻲ‬ ‫ﻋﻥ ﺩﻴﻭﺍﻥ "ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﺴﺔ" ﻷﺒﻲ ﺘﻤّﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻷﺒﻴﺎﺕ ﻟﻘﻴﺱ ﺒﻥ ﻋﺎﺼﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻘﺭ ّ‬

‫ﺁﻴﺎﺕ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺭﻴﻡ ﺠﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﻤﺠﺭﻯ ﺍﻷﻤﺜﺎل‬ ‫ﻥ‪) {...‬ﺁل ﻋﻤﺭﺍﻥ‪(٩٢ :‬‬ ‫ﺤﺒﱡﻭ َ‬ ‫ﻥ ﹶﺘﻨﹶﺎﻟﹸﻭﺍ ﺍ ﹾﻟ ﹺﺒ ﱠﺭ ﺤَﺘﱠﻰ ﹸﺘ ﹾﻨ ِﻔﻘﹸﻭﺍ ِﻤﻤﱠﺎ ﹸﺘ ِ‬ ‫}ﹶﻟ ْ‬ ‫ﺙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺒﺫل ﺍ ﹾﻟﻨﹼﻔﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺒﻭﺏ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺤ ﹼ‬ ‫ل ﻓﻲ ﺍ ﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺴ ﹶﺘ ْﻌ َﻤ ُ‬ ‫ ﹸﺘ ْ‬‫ﻕ‪) {...‬ﻴﻭﺴﻑ‪(٥١ :‬‬ ‫ﺤﱡ‬ ‫ﺹ ﺍ ﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺤ َ‬ ‫ﺼَ‬ ‫ﺤ ْ‬ ‫ﻥ َ‬ ‫}‪ ...‬ﺍﻵ َ‬ ‫ﻙ ﻓﻴﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﺤﺼﺤﺹ‪ :‬ﺒﺎﻥ ﻭﻅﻬﺭ‪ ،‬ﺘﺴﺘﻌﻤل ﻟﻅﻬﻭﺭ ﺍﻷﻤﺭ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺨﻔﺎﺌﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺸ ّ‬

‫ﻙ‪) {...‬ﺍﻟﺤﺞ‪(١٠ :‬‬ ‫ﺕ َﻴﺩَﺍ َ‬ ‫} ﹶﺫﻟِﻙَ ﹺﺒﻤَﺎ ﹶﻗ ﱠﺩ َﻤ ﹾ‬

‫ ﻴُﺠﺎ َﺒ ُﻪ ﺒﻬﺎ ﻤﻥ ﻓﺭّﻁ ﻓﻭﻗﻊ ﻓﻲ ﻤﻐﺒّﺔ ﻋﻤﻠﻪ‪.‬‬‫ﺴﺘﹶ ﹾﻔﺘِﻴَﺎﻥﹺ{ )ﻴﻭﺴﻑ‪(٤١ :‬‬ ‫ﻷ ْﻤ ُﺭ ﺍﱠﻟ ِﺫﻱ ﻓِﻴ ِﻪ ﺘﹶ ْ‬ ‫ﻲﺍَ‬ ‫ﻀَ‬ ‫}‪ ...‬ﹸﻗ ِ‬ ‫ ﺘﺴﺘﻌﻤل ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻴﺄﺱ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺭّﺠﻭﻉ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻡ‪.‬‬‫ﺏ{ )ﻫﻭﺩ‪(٨١ :‬‬ ‫ﺢ ﹺﺒ ﹶﻘﺭﹺﻴ ﹴ‬ ‫ﺢ َﺃﹶﻟ ْﻴﺱَ ﺍﻟﺼﱡ ْﺒ ُ‬ ‫ﻋ َﺩ ُﻫ ُﻡ ﺍﻟﺼﱡ ْﺒ ُ‬ ‫ﻥ َﻤ ْﻭ ِ‬ ‫}‪ِ ...‬ﺇ ﱠ‬ ‫‪ -‬ﻓﻲ ﻗﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﻅﹶﺭ‪.‬‬

‫ﻥ‪) {...‬ﺴﺒﺄ‪(٥٤ :‬‬ ‫ﺸ ﹶﺘﻬُﻭ َ‬ ‫ﻥ ﻤَﺎ َﻴ ﹾ‬ ‫ل َﺒ ْﻴ ﹶﻨ ُﻬ ْﻡ َﻭ َﺒ ْﻴ َ‬ ‫} َﻭﺤِﻴ َ‬ ‫ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺭﻤﺎﻥ‪.‬‬‫ﺴ ﹶﺘ ﹶﻘ ﱞﺭ‪) {...‬ﺍﻷﻨﻌﺎﻡ‪(٦٧ :‬‬ ‫}ﻟِ ﹸﻜلﱢ ﹶﻨﺒٍَﺈ ُﻤ ْ‬ ‫ل ﺸﻲﺀ ﻏﺎﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻥ ﻟﻜ ّ‬ ‫ﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃ ّ‬ ‫‪ -‬ﻟﻠ ﹼﻨ ّ‬

‫ﻻ ﺒﹺَﺄ ْﻫﻠِﻪِ‪) { ...‬ﻓﺎﻁﺭ‪(٤٣ :‬‬ ‫ﺊ ِﺇ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺴ ﱢﻴ ُ‬ ‫ﻕ ﺍ ﹾﻟ َﻤ ﹾﻜ ُﺭ ﺍﻟ ﱠ‬ ‫ﻻ َﻴﺤِﻴ ﹸ‬ ‫}‪ ...‬ﻭَ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺸ ّﺭ ﻴﻘﻊ ﻓﻴﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ ُﻤ َﺩﺒﱢﺭ ﺍﻟ ﹼ‬‫ﻋﻠﹶﻰ ﺸﹶﺎﻜِﹶﻠﺘِﻪِ‪) {...‬ﺍﻹﺴﺭﺍﺀ‪(٨٤ :‬‬ ‫ل َ‬ ‫ل َﻴ ْﻌ َﻤ ُ‬ ‫ل ﹸﻜ ﱞ‬ ‫} ﹸﻗ ْ‬ ‫ ﺘﺴﺘﻌﻤل ﺍﻟﺸﹼﺎﻜﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻻﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﻋﻠﻰ ﻁﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺼﺎﺤﺒﻪ‪.‬‬‫ﺸ ْﻴﺌًﺎ َﻭ ُﻫ َﻭ ﺨﹶ ْﻴ ٌﺭ ﹶﻟ ﹸﻜ ْﻡ‪) {...‬ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺭﺓ‪(٢١٦ :‬‬ ‫ﻥ ﺘﹶ ﹾﻜﺭَﻫُﻭﺍ ﹶ‬ ‫}‪َ ...‬ﻭﻋَﺴﻰ َﺃ ْ‬ ‫‪ -‬ﻓﻲ ﻅﻬﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺭ ﻤﻥ ﻏﻴﺭ ﻤَﻅﺎﻨﱢﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺕ َﺭﻫِﻴ ﹶﻨ ﹲﺔ{ )ﺍﻟﻤﺩﺜﺭ‪(٣٨ :‬‬ ‫} ﹸﻜلﱡ ﹶﻨ ﹾﻔﺱﹴ ﹺﺒﻤَﺎ ﹶﻜﺴَﺒَ ﹾ‬

‫‪٢٤‬‬


‫ﺤﻤﱡل ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻨﺘﻴﺠ ﹶﺔ ﻋﻤﻠﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ ﺘﺴﺘﻌﻤل ﻓﻲ ﹶﺘ َ‬‫ﻍ‪) {...‬ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺌﺩﺓ‪(٩٩ :‬‬ ‫ﻼﹸ‬ ‫ﻻ ﺍ ﹾﻟﺒَ ﹶ‬ ‫ل ِﺇ ﱠ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﹶﻰ ﺍﻟ ﱠﺭﺴُﻭ ﹺ‬ ‫}ﻤَﺎ َ‬ ‫ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺭّﺠل ﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﺒﻭﺍﺠﺒﻪ ﻻ ﻴﻌﻨﻴﻪ ﺍ ﹾﻟ ُﻤ ْﻬﻤِل‪.‬‬‫ل‪) {...‬ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺒﺔ‪(٩١ :‬‬ ‫ﺴﺒﹺﻴ ﹴ‬ ‫ﻥ َ‬ ‫ﺤﺴِﻨِﻴﻥَ ِﻤ ْ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﹶﻰ ﺍ ﹾﻟ ُﻤ ْ‬ ‫}‪ ...‬ﻤَﺎ َ‬ ‫‪ -‬ﻟﻠﻤﺤﺴﻥ ﻴﺠﻭﺩ ﺒﻤﺎ ﻴﺸﺎﺀ‪.‬‬

‫ﻥ{ )ﺍﻟﺭﺤﻤﻥ‪(٦٠ :‬‬ ‫ﺤﺴَﺎ ُ‬ ‫ﻹْ‬ ‫ﻻﺍِ‬ ‫ﻥ ِﺇ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺤﺴَﺎ ﹺ‬ ‫ﻹْ‬ ‫ﺠﺯَﺍ ُﺀ ﺍ ِ‬ ‫ل َ‬ ‫} َﻫ ْ‬ ‫ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺭ ﺠﺯﺍﺅﻩ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺭ‪.‬‬‫ﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪِ‪) {...‬ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺭﺓ‪(٢٤٩ :‬‬ ‫ﺕ ﻓِ َﺌﺔﹰ ﹶﻜﺜِﻴ َﺭ ﹰﺓ ﹺﺒِﺈ ﹾﺫ ﹺ‬ ‫ﻏﹶﻠﺒَ ﹾ‬ ‫ﻥ ﻓِ َﺌﺔٍ ﹶﻗﻠِﻴﹶﻠﺔٍ ﹶ‬ ‫}‪ ...‬ﹶﻜ ْﻡ ِﻤ ْ‬ ‫ﻱ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻀّﻌﻴﻑ ﻴﻔﻭﺯ ﺒﺎﻟﻘ ﹺﻭ ّ‬

‫ل‪) {...‬ﻴﻭﻨﺱ‪(٩١ :‬‬ ‫ﺕ ﹶﻗ ْﺒ ُ‬ ‫ﻥ َﻭ ﹶﻗ ْﺩ ﻋَﺼَ ْﻴ ﹶ‬ ‫}ﺁ ﻵ َ‬ ‫ ﻋﺩﻡ ﻓﺎﺌﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﹼﻭﺒﺔ ﺒﻌﺩ ﻓﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﺼﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻷﺼل ﺃﻥ ﺘﻘﻊ ﺍﻵﻥ‪.‬‬‫ﺠﻤِﻴﻌًﺎ َﻭ ﹸﻗﻠﹸﻭ ُﺒ ُﻬ ْﻡ ﺸﹶﺘﱠﻰ‪) {...‬ﺍﻟﺤﺸﺭ‪(١٤ :‬‬ ‫ﺴ ُﺒ ُﻬ ْﻡ َ‬ ‫ﺤَ‬ ‫}‪ ...‬ﹶﺘ ْ‬ ‫ ﺘﺴﺘﻌﻤل ﻟﻠﺠﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﻜﺎﻟﻤﺘﹼﻔﻘﻴﻥ ﻭﺃﻫﻭﺍﺅﻫﻡ ﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪.‬‬‫ﺨﺒﹺﻴ ﹴﺭ{ )ﻓﺎﻁﺭ‪(١٤ :‬‬ ‫ل ﹶ‬ ‫ﻻ ُﻴ ﹶﻨ ﱢﺒ ُﺌﻙَ ِﻤ ﹾﺜ ُ‬ ‫}‪ ...‬ﻭَ ﹶ‬

‫ﺏ ﻟﻠﺭّﺠل ﻴﻌﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﺸﹼﻲﺀ ﺃﻜﺜ َﺭ ﻤﻥ ﻏﻴﺭﻩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻀ َﺭ ُ‬ ‫‪ُ -‬ﻴ ْ‬

‫ﻥ{ )ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻭﻥ‪(٥٣ :‬‬ ‫ﺏ ﹺﺒﻤَﺎ ﹶﻟ َﺩ ْﻴ ﹺﻬ ْﻡ ﹶﻓ ﹺﺭﺤُﻭ َ‬ ‫ﺤ ْﺯ ﹴ‬ ‫}‪ ...‬ﹸﻜلﱡ ِ‬ ‫ ﺘﻌﺼّﺏ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻟﻤﺎ ﻋﻨﺩﻩ‪.‬‬‫ﺴﻤَﻌَ ُﻬ ْﻡ‪) {...‬ﺍﻷﻨﻔﺎل‪(٢٣ :‬‬ ‫ﻷْ‬ ‫ﻋِﻠ َﻡ ﺍﻟﻠﱠ ُﻪ ﻓِﻴ ﹺﻬ ْﻡ ﺨﹶ ْﻴﺭًﺍ َ‬ ‫} َﻭﹶﻟ ْﻭ َ‬ ‫‪ -‬ﺘﻀﺭﺏ ﻟﻠﻘﻭﻡ ﻴﻔﻘﺩﻭﻥ ﺨﻴﺭﹰﺍ ﻻ ﻴﺴﺘﺤﻘﹼﻭﻨﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺸﻜﹸﻭ ُﺭ{ )ﺴﺒﺄ‪(١٣ :‬‬ ‫ﻋﺒَﺎﺩِﻱ ﺍﻟ ﱠ‬ ‫ﻥ ِ‬ ‫ل ِﻤ ْ‬ ‫}‪ ...‬ﻭَﻗﹶﻠِﻴ ٌ‬ ‫‪ -‬ﺇﻨﻜﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻴل‪.‬‬

‫ﺴﻌَﻬَﺎ‪) {...‬ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺭﺓ‪(٢٨٦ :‬‬ ‫ﻻ ُﻭ ْ‬ ‫ﻑ ﺍﻟﻠﱠ ُﻪ ﹶﻨ ﹾﻔﺴًﺎ ِﺇ ﱠ‬ ‫ﻻ ُﻴ ﹶﻜﻠﱢ ﹸ‬ ‫}ﹶ‬ ‫ ﺍﻻﻜﺘﻔﺎﺀ ﺒﻐﺎﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺩ‪.‬‬‫ﺏ‪) {...‬ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺌﺩﺓ‪(١٠٠ :‬‬ ‫ﺙ ﻭَﺍﻟﻁﱠﻴﱢ ُ‬ ‫ﺨﺒﹺﻴ ﹸ‬ ‫ﺴﺘﹶﻭﹺﻱ ﺍ ﹾﻟ ﹶ‬ ‫ﻻ ﻴَ ْ‬ ‫}‪ ...‬ﹶ‬ ‫‪ -‬ﻟﻠﻔﺭﻕ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺒﺎﻴﻨﺎﺕ‪.‬‬

‫ﺤ ﹺﺭ‪) {...‬ﺍﻟﺭﻭﻡ‪(٤١ :‬‬ ‫ﻅﻬَﺭَ ﺍ ﹾﻟ ﹶﻔﺴَﺎ ُﺩ ﻓِﻲ ﺍ ﹾﻟ َﺒ ﱢﺭ ﻭَﺍ ﹾﻟ َﺒ ْ‬ ‫}ﹶ‬ ‫ﺸ ّﺭ ﻴﻌ ّﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ ﺍﻟ ﹼ‬‫ﺏ{ )ﺍﻟﺤﺞ‪(٧٣ :‬‬ ‫ﻁﻠﹸﻭ ُ‬ ‫ﺏ ﻭَﺍ ﹾﻟﻤَ ﹾ‬ ‫ﻑ ﺍﻟﻁﱠﺎِﻟ ُ‬ ‫}‪ ...‬ﻀَ ُﻌ ﹶ‬ ‫‪ -‬ﻴﻀﺭﺏ ﻻﺴﺘﻀﻌﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﺒّﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﺎﻫل‪.‬‬

‫ﻥ{ )ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻓﺎﺕ‪(٦١ :‬‬ ‫ل ﺍ ﹾﻟﻌَﺎ ِﻤﻠﹸﻭ َ‬ ‫ل َﻫﺫﹶﺍ ﹶﻓ ﹾﻠ َﻴ ْﻌ َﻤ ْ‬ ‫}ِﻟ ِﻤ ﹾﺜ ﹺ‬

‫‪٢٥‬‬


‫ ﺍﺴﺘﻜﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﹼﻲﺀ ﻭﺘﺒﺠﻴﻠﻪ‪.‬‬‫ل ﻤَﺎ ُﻫ ْﻡ‪) {...‬ﺹ‪(٢٤ :‬‬ ‫}‪ ...‬ﻭَﻗﹶﻠِﻴ ٌ‬ ‫ ﻟﻸﺸﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺩﺭﺓ‪.‬‬‫ﻷ ْﺒﺼَﺎ ﹺﺭ{ )ﺍﻟﺤﺸﺭ‪(٢ :‬‬ ‫ﻋ ﹶﺘ ﹺﺒﺭُﻭﺍ ﻴَﺎ ﺃُﻭﻟِﻲ ﺍ َ‬ ‫}‪ ...‬ﻓﹶﺎ ْ‬

‫‪ -‬ﺘﺴﺘﻌﻤل ﻓﻲ ﻟﻔﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﹼﻅﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻤﻭﺍﻁﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺒﺼّﺭ‪.‬‬

‫ﺇ ﹼﻻ ﺘﻨﺼﺭﻭﻩ ﻓﻘﺩ ﻨﺼﺭﻩ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﻥ‬ ‫ﻲ ﺍ ﹾﺜ ﹶﻨ ْﻴ ﹺ‬ ‫ﻥ ﹶﻜ ﹶﻔﺭُﻭﺍ ﺜﹶﺎ ِﻨ َ‬ ‫ﺨﺭَﺠَ ُﻪ ﺍﱠﻟﺫِﻴ َ‬ ‫ﺼﺭُﻭ ُﻩ ﹶﻓ ﹶﻘ ْﺩ ﹶﻨﺼَﺭَ ُﻩ ﺍﻟﻠﱠ ُﻪ ِﺇ ﹾﺫ َﺃ ﹾ‬ ‫ﻻ ﺘﹶﻨ ُ‬ ‫}ِﺇ ًﱠ‬ ‫ﺴﻜِﻴ ﹶﻨ ﹶﺘ ُﻪ‬ ‫ل ﺍﻟﻠﱠ ُﻪ َ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺍﻟﱠﻠ َﻪ َﻤ َﻌﻨﹶﺎ ﹶﻓﺄَﻨﺯَ َ‬ ‫ﻥ ِﺇ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺤ َﺯ ْ‬ ‫ﹶﺘ ْ‬

‫)‪(٣٨‬‬

‫"ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺨﺏ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺩﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺏ"‬

‫)‪(٣٧‬‬

‫ﻻ‬ ‫ﺤ ﹺﺒ ِﻪ ﹶ‬ ‫ل ِﻟﺼَﺎ ِ‬ ‫ِﺇ ﹾﺫ ُﻫﻤَﺎ ﻓِﻲ ﺍ ﹾﻟﻐﹶﺎ ﹺﺭ ِﺇ ﹾﺫ َﻴﻘﹸﻭ ُ‬

‫ﺴ ﹾﻔﻠﹶﻰ‬ ‫ﻥ ﹶﻜ ﹶﻔﺭُﻭﺍ ﺍﻟ ﱡ‬ ‫ل ﹶﻜﻠِﻤَ ﹶﺔ ﺍﱠﻟﺫِﻴ َ‬ ‫ﺠﻨﹸﻭ ٍﺩ ﹶﻟ ْﻡ ﹶﺘ َﺭ ْﻭﻫَﺎ ﻭَﺠَﻌَ َ‬ ‫ﻋَﹶﻠ ْﻴﻪِ ﻭَ​َﺃ ﱠﻴﺩَ ُﻩ ﹺﺒ ُ‬

‫ﻋﺯﹺﻴ ٌﺯ ﺤَﻜِﻴ ٌﻡ{ )ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺒﺔ‪.(٤٠ :‬‬ ‫ﻲ ﺍ ﹾﻟ ُﻌ ﹾﻠﻴَﺎ ﻭَﺍﻟﻠﱠ ُﻪ َ‬ ‫ﻭَ ﹶﻜﻠِﻤَﺔﹸ ﺍﻟﱠﻠ ِﻪ ِﻫ َ‬ ‫ــــــــــــــــــــ‬ ‫)‪ -(٣٧‬ﺜﺎﻨﻲ ﺍﺜﻨﻴﻥ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﺩ ﻭﺍﺤﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﺜﻨﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺜﹼﺎﻨﻲ ﻫﻭ ﺃﺒﻭ ﺒﻜﺭ ﺭﻀﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫)‪ -(٣٨‬ﺍﻟﺴّﻜﻴﻨﺔ‪ :‬ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﹼﻔﺴﻴّﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺼﻠﺔ ﻤﻥ ﻁﻤﺄﻨﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﻻﻀﻁﺭﺍﺏ‪.‬‬

‫ﻤﺎ ﻅﻨﹼﻙ ﺒﺎﺜﻨﻴﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺜﺎﻟﺜﻬﻤﺎ‬

‫ﻲ ﺼﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺴﻠﻡ ﻭَﺃَﻨﹶﺎ ﻓِﻲ ﺍ ﹾﻟﻐﹶﺎ ﹺﺭ )‪: (٣٩‬‬ ‫ﺕ ﻟِﻠ ﱠﻨ ﹺﺒ ﱢ‬ ‫ﻗﺎل ﺃﺒﻭ ﺒﻜﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﺩﻴﻕ ﺭﻀﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ :‬ﹸﻗ ﹾﻠ ﹸ‬ ‫ﻥ َﺃﺤَﺩَ ُﻫ ْﻡ‬ ‫ﹶﻟ ْﻭ َﺃ ﱠ‬

‫)‪(٤٠‬‬

‫ﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﱠ ُﻪ‬ ‫ﻅﱡﻨﻙَ ﻴَﺎ ﺃَﺒَﺎ َﺒ ﹾﻜ ﹴﺭ ﺒﹺﺎ ﹾﺜ ﹶﻨ ْﻴ ﹺ‬ ‫ل ﺼﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺴﻠﻡ‪ » :‬ﻤَﺎ ﹶ‬ ‫ﻷ ْﺒﺼَﺭَﻨﹶﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎ َ‬ ‫ﺕ ﹶﻗﺩَﻤَ ْﻴﻪِ َ‬ ‫ﺤ ﹶ‬ ‫ﻅﺭَ ﹶﺘ ْ‬ ‫ﹶﻨ ﹶ‬

‫ﺜﹶﺎِﻟ ﹸﺜ ُﻬﻤَﺎ « ﻤﺘﻔﻕ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ـــــــــــــــــ‬ ‫)‪ -(٣٩‬ﻴﻌﻨﻲ ﻏﺎﺭ ﹶﺜﻭْﺭ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺍﻟﻬﺠﺭﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫)‪ -(٤٠‬ﺃﻱ ﺃﺤﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻜﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﺍﻗﺘﻔﻭﺍ ﺃﺜﺭﻫﻤﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺭ‪.‬‬

‫ﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻤﻌﻨﺎ‬ ‫ﻻ ﺘﺤﺯﻥ ﺇ ّ‬ ‫ﺙ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﺠﺭﺓ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺠ ْﻤﹶﻠﺔِ ﺤﺩﻴ ٍ‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺎل ﺃﺒﻭ ﺒﻜ ﹴﺭ ﺭﻀﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻓﻲ ُ‬ ‫ﺕ‪َ :‬ﻫﺫﹶﺍ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﹶﻰ ﹶﻓﺭَﺱﹴ ﹶﻟﻪُ‪ ،‬ﹶﻓ ﹸﻘ ﹾﻠ ﹸ‬ ‫ﺸ ﹴﻡ َ‬ ‫ﺠ ْﻌ ﹸ‬ ‫ﻥ ُ‬ ‫ﻙ ْﺒ ﹺ‬ ‫ﻥ ﻤَﺎِﻟ ِ‬ ‫ﺴﺭَﺍ ﹶﻗ ﹶﺔ ْﺒ ﹺ‬ ‫ﻏ ْﻴ ُﺭ ُ‬ ‫ﻁﹸﻠﺒُﻭ ﹶﻨﻨﹶﺎ ﹶﻓﹶﻠ ْﻡ ُﻴ ْﺩ ﹺﺭ ﹾﻜﻨﹶﺎ ﺃَﺤَ ٌﺩ ِﻤ ﹾﻨ ُﻬ ْﻡ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺤ ﹾﻠﻨﹶﺎ ﻭَﺍ ﹾﻟ ﹶﻘ ْﻭ ُﻡ َﻴ ﹾ‬ ‫" ﻓﹶﺎ ْﺭ ﹶﺘ َ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﱠ َﻪ َﻤ َﻌﻨﹶﺎ« ﺭﻭﺍﻩ‬ ‫ﻥ ِﺇ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺤ َﺯ ْ‬ ‫ﻻ ﹶﺘ ْ‬ ‫ل ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪِ ﺼﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺴﻠﻡ(‪ » :‬ﹶ‬ ‫ل ) َﺭﺴُﻭ ُ‬ ‫ل ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪِ‪ :‬ﹶﻓﻘﹶﺎ َ‬ ‫ﺤ ﹶﻘﻨﹶﺎ ﻴَﺎ َﺭﺴُﻭ َ‬ ‫ﺏ ﹶﻗ ْﺩ ﹶﻟ ِ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻁﱠﹶﻠ ُ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ‬

‫‪٢٦‬‬


‫ﻋﺎﻗﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺼّﺩﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﺼّﺒﺭ‬ ‫ﺠ ْﻤﹶﻠﺔِ ﺨﻁﺒﺔ ﻟﻪ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻥ ﻓﻲ ُ‬ ‫ﻏ ْﺯﻭَﺍ َ‬ ‫ﻥ ﹶ‬ ‫ﻋ ﹾﺘﺒَﺔﹸ ﺒ ُ‬ ‫ﻗﺎل ُ‬

‫ﺕ‬ ‫ﺠ ﹺﺭ ﺤﺘﹼﻰ ﹶﻗﺭﹺﺤَ ﹾ‬ ‫ﺸَ‬ ‫ﻕ ﺍﻟ ﹼ‬ ‫ﻻ َﻭ َﺭ ﹸ‬ ‫"‪ ..‬ﻭﻟﻘﺩ ﺭﺃﻴﺘﹸﻨﻲ ﺴﺎ ﹺﺒ َﻊ ﺴ ْﺒ َﻌ ٍﺔ ﻤﻊ ﺭﺴﻭل ﺍﷲ ﺼﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺴﻠﻡ ﻤﺎ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻁﻌﺎ ٌﻡ ﺇ ﹼ‬

‫ﻥ ﻤﺎﻟِﻙ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺴﻌ ِﺩ ﺒ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺕ ُﺒ ْﺭ َﺩ ﹰﺓ ﻓﺸ ﹶﻘ ﹾﻘﺘﹸﻬﺎ ﺒﻴﻨﻲ ﻭﺒﻴ َ‬ ‫ﻁ ﹸ‬ ‫ﺃﺸﺩﺍﻗﹸﻨﺎ )‪ . (٤١‬ﻓﺎﻟ ﹶﺘ ﹶﻘ ﹾ‬

‫)‪(٤٢‬‬

‫ﺼﻔِﻬﺎ ﻭﺍ ﱠﺘ َﺯ َﺭ ﺴﻌ ٌﺩ ﺒﻨﺼﻔﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﺕ ﹺﺒ ِﻨ ْ‬ ‫ﻓﺎ ﹶﺘ َﺯ ْﺭ ﹸ‬

‫ﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻨﻔﺴﻲ‬ ‫ﺼ ﹴﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﻤْﺼﺎﺭ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﻨﹼﻲ ﺃﻋﻭ ﹸﺫ ﺒﺎﷲ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻜﻭ َ‬ ‫ﺢ ﺃﻤﻴﺭﹰﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ِﻤ ْ‬ ‫ﻻ ﺃﺼﺒ َ‬ ‫ﺢ ﺍﻟﻴﻭ َﻡ ﻤﻨﹼﺎ ﺃَﺤَ ٌﺩ ﺇ ﹼ‬ ‫ﺃﺼﺒ َ‬ ‫ﺨﺒُﺭﻭﻥ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺁﺨ ُﺭ ﻋﺎﻗﺒﺘِﻬﺎ ُﻤﻠﹾﻜﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﺴَﺘﹶ ﹾ‬ ‫ﺕ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻴﻜﻭ َ‬ ‫ﻻ ﺘﻨﺎﺴﺨ ﹾ‬ ‫ﻁﺇﹼ‬ ‫ﻥ ﹸﻨ ُﺒ ﱠﻭ ﹲﺓ ﹶﻗ ﱡ‬ ‫ﷲ ﺼﻐﻴﺭﺍ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﻨﹼﻬﺎ ﻟ ْﻡ ﺘ ﹸﻜ ْ‬ ‫ﻋَﻅﻴﻤﹰﺎ ﻭﻋﻨ َﺩ ﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﻭﺘﺠﺭّﺒﻭﻥ ﺍﻷﻤﺭﺍﺀ ﺒﻌﺩﻨﺎ"‪ .‬ﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻤﺴﻠﻡ‬ ‫ـــــــــــــــ‬

‫)‪ -(٤١‬ﺃﻱ ﺼﺎﺭ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻗﺭﻭﺡ ﻭﺠﺭﺍﺡ‪ ،‬ﻤﻥ ﺨﺸﻭﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻨﺄﻜﻠﻪ ﻭﺤﺭﺍﺭﺘﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫)‪ -(٤٢‬ﻫﻭ ﺴﻌﺩ ﺒﻥ ﺃﺒﻲ ﻭﻗﹼﺎﺹ ﺭﻀﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻤﻥ ﻭﺼﻴّﺔ ﺃﺒﻲ ﺒﻜﺭ ﻟﺠﻴﺵ ﺃﺴﺎﻤﺔ ﺒﻥ ﺯﻴﺩ‬ ‫ﺸ ﹴﺭ ﻓﺎﺤﻔﻅﻭﻫﺎ ﻋﻨﹼﻲ‪ :‬ﻻ ﺘﺨﻭﻨﻭﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺘﹶﻐﹸﻠﱡﻭﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﹶﺘ ﹾﻐ ِﺩﺭُﻭﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﹸﺘﻤَ ﱢﺜﻠﹸﻭﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ‬ ‫ﺼ ﹸﻜ ْﻡ ﺒ َﻌ ﹾ‬ ‫ﻴﺎ ﺃﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﹼﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﻗﻔﻭﺍ ﺃﻭ ِ‬ ‫ﺨﻼﹰ ﻭﻻ ﺘﺤﺭﻗﻭﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺘﻘﻁﻌﻭﺍ ﺸﺠﺭ ﹰﺓ‬ ‫ﻼ ﺼﻐﻴﺭﺍﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺸﻴﺨﹰﺎ ﻜﺒﻴﺭﺍﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺍﻤﺭﺃﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺘﹶ ْﻌﻘِﺭﻭﺍ ﹶﻨ ﹾ‬ ‫ﺘﻘﺘﻠﻭﺍ ﻁﻔ ﹰ‬ ‫ﻻ ﻟﻤﺄﻜﻠﺔ؛ ﻭﺴﻭﻑ ﺘﻤﺭّﻭﻥ ﺒﺄﻗﻭﺍ ﹴﻡ ﻗﺩ ﻓ ﱠﺭﻏﹸﻭﺍ ﺃَ ﹾﻨﻔﹸﺴَﻬﻡ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫ﻤﺜﻤﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺘﺫﺒﺤﻭﺍ ﺸﺎﺓ ﻭﻻ ﺒﻘﺭﺓ ﻭﻻ ﺒﻌﻴﺭﹰﺍ ﺇ ﹼ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺍﻟﻁﹼﻌﺎﻡ؛ ﻓﺈﺫﺍ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼّﻭﺍﻤﻊ؛ ﻓﺩﻋﻭﻫﻡ ﻭﻤﺎ ﻓﺭّﻏﻭﺍ ﺃﻨﻔﺴﻬﻡ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺴﻭﻑ ﺘﻘﺩَﻤﻭﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻭﻡ ﻴﺄﺘﻭﻨﻜﻡ ﺒﺂﻨﻴﺔ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﻟﻭﺍ ُ‬ ‫ﻁ ﺭﺅﻭﺴِﻬﹺﻡ ﻭﺘﺭﻜﻭﺍ ﺤﻭﻟﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﺘﻠ ﹶﻘ ْﻭﻥَ ﺃﻗﻭﺍﻤﹰﺎ ﻗﺩ ﻓﺤﺼﻭﺍ ﺃﻭﺴﺎ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺃﻜﻠﺘﻡ ﻤﻨﻪ ﺸﻴﺌ ﹰﺎ ﺒﻌ َﺩ ﺸﻲ ٍﺀ ﻓﺎﺫﻜﺭﻭﺍ ﺍﺴ َﻡ ﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﻤﺜل ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺎﺌﺏ؛ ﻓﺎﺨ ِﻔﻘﹸﻭﻫﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﺴّﻴﻑ ﺨﹶﻔﹾﻘﺎ‪ .‬ﺍﻨﺩﻓِﻌﻭﺍ ﺒﺎﺴﻡ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬

‫ﻋﻤﺭ ﻭﺭﺴﻭل ﻜﺴﺭﻯ‬

‫"ﺘﺎﺭﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﻁﺒﺭﻱ"‬

‫)‪(٤٣‬‬ ‫)‪(٤٤‬‬

‫ﻋﻤَﺭﹰﺍ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺭﺃﻯ ُ‬ ‫ﺏ ) ِﻜﺴْﺭﻯ( ﺃ ْ‬ ‫ﺤ َ‬ ‫ﻉ ﺼﺎ ِ‬ ‫ﻭﺭﺍ َ‬

‫ﻼ ﻭﻫﻭ ﺭﺍﻋﻴ َﻬـﺎ‬ ‫ﻁـ ﹰ‬ ‫ﻋ ﹾ‬ ‫ﻋ ﱠﻴ ِﺔ ُ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺍﻟ ﱠﺭ ِ‬ ‫َﺒ ْﻴ َ‬

‫ﻥ ﹶﻟـﻬـﺎ‬ ‫ﺱﺃﱠ‬ ‫ﻙ ﺍﻟ ﹸﻔـ ْﺭ ﹺ‬ ‫ﻋ ْﻬـ ُﺩ ُﻩ ﺒﻤُﻠـﻭ ِ‬ ‫ﻭَ‬

‫ﺱ ﻴَﺤﻤﻴﻬـﺎ‬ ‫ﺠ ﹾﻨ ِﺩ ﻭﺍﻷﺤﺭﺍ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺴـﻭﺭﹰﺍ ﻤﻥ ﺍ ﹾﻟ ُ‬

‫ﺴـ ﹶﺘ ﹾﻐﺭﹺﻗـﹰﺎ ﻓـﻲ ﻨﻭﻤـﻪ ﻓـﺭﺃﻯ‬ ‫ﺭﺁﻩ ُﻤ ْ‬

‫ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺠﻼﻟ ﹶﺔ ﻓـﻲ ﺃﺴـﻤﻰ ﻤﻌـﺎﻨﻴﻬـﺎ‬

‫ﺸـ ﹶﺘﻤِﻼﹰ‬ ‫ﺡ ُﻤ ﹾ‬ ‫ل ﺍﻟ ﱠﺩ ْﻭ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺕﻅﱢ‬ ‫ﻕ ﺍﻟﺜﱠﺭﻯ ﺘﺤ ﹶ‬ ‫ﻓﻭ ﹶ‬

‫ل ﺍﻟﻌﻬـ ِﺩ ُﻴ ْﺒـﻠﻴﻬـﺎ‬ ‫ﹺﺒ ُﺒـﺭ َﺩ ٍﺓ ﻜﺎ َﺩ ﻁﻭ ُ‬

‫ﻥ ُﻴ ﹾﻜ ﹺﺒـ ُﺭ ُﻩ‬ ‫ﻋ ْﻴـ ِﻨـ ِﻪ ﻤﺎ ﻜـﺎ َ‬ ‫ﻥ ﻓﻲ َ‬ ‫ﻓﻬـﺎ َ‬

‫ﺴــ ﹺﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺩﱡﻨﻴـﺎ ﺒﺄﻴـﺩﻴﻬـﺎ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺍﻷﻜﺎ ِ‬ ‫ﻤـ َ‬

‫ل ﺒﻴﻨـﻬ ُﻡ‬ ‫ﺕ ﺍ ﹾﻟ َﻌـ ْﺩ َ‬ ‫ﺕ ﹶﻟ ﱠﻤـﺎ ﺃﻗﻤـ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺃﻤﻨـ ﹶ‬

‫ﻥ ﻫﺎﻨﻴﻬـﺎ‬ ‫ﺕ ﹶﻨـ ْﻭ َﻡ ﻗﹶﺭﻴـ ﹺﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻴـ ﹺ‬ ‫ﹶﻓ ِﻨ ْﻤـ ﹶ‬

‫ﺕ ﻤَ ﹶﺜﻼﹰ‬ ‫ﻕ ﺃﺼـﺒﺤ ﹾ‬ ‫ﺤـ ﱟ‬ ‫ل ﹶﻗ ْﻭﹶﻟـ ﹶﺔ َ‬ ‫ﻭﻗـﺎ َ‬

‫)‪(٤٥‬‬

‫ل ﻴَﺭﻭﻴﻬـﺎ‪:‬‬ ‫ل ﺒﻌ َﺩ ﺍﻟﺠﻴـ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺢ ﺍﻟﺠﻴـ ُ‬ ‫ﻭﺃﺼﺒ َ‬ ‫ﻁﺎﺏ"‬ ‫ﻤﻥ ﻗﺼﻴﺩﺓ ﻟﺤﺎﻓﻅ ﺇﺒﺭﺍﻫﻴﻡ ﺒﻌﻨﻭﺍﻥ "ﻋﻤﺭ ﺒﻥ ﺍﻟﺨ ﹼ‬

‫"ﺩﻴﻭﺍﻥ ﺤﺎﻓﻅ ﺇﺒﺭﺍﻫﻴﻡ" ﺸﺭﺡ‪ :‬ﺃﺤﻤﺩ ﺃﻤﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﺃﺤﻤﺩ ﺍﻟﺯّﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﺇﺒﺭﺍﻫﻴﻡ ﺍﻷﺒﻴﺎﺭﻱ‬

‫‪٢٧‬‬


‫)‪ -(٤٣‬ﻴﺸﻴﺭ ﺒﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﺒﻴﺎﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻤﺎ ﻴﺭﻭﻯ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻨﹼﻪ ﻟﻤّﺎ ﻭﺼل ﺭﺴﻭل ﻜﺴﺭﻯ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻴﻨﺔ ﻴﺭﻴﺩ ﻤﻘﺎﺒﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻴﻔﺔ ﺠﻌل ﻴﺴﺘﻬﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ‬ ‫ﻗﺼﺭﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻠﻡ ﺃﻨﹼﻪ ﻻ ﻴﺴﻜﻥ ﻗﺼﺭﺍﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻨﺘﻬﻰ ﺒﻪ ﺍﻷﻤﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻭﺼل ﺇﻟﻰ ﺒﻴﺕ ﻜﺒﻴﻭﺕ ﺃﻓﻘﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺏ ﻭﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻅﻴﻡ ﺭﺍﻗﺩﹰﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺭّﻤل ﺃﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺕ‪ ،‬ﺠﺎﻋﻼﹰ ﻤﻨﻪ ﻭﺴﺎﺩﺓﹰ ﺃﺴﻨﺩ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺭﺃﺴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻡ ﻴﻜﻥ ﺤﻭﻟﻪ ﻤﻥ ﻤﻅﺎﻫﺭ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﻤﺎ ﻴﻤﻴّﺯﻩ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺼﻐﺭ ﻓﺭ ٍﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺭﻋﻴّﺘﻪ؛‬ ‫ﺕ ﻓﻨﻤﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺕ ﻴﺎ ﻋﻤﺭ ﻭﺃﻤﻨ ﹶ‬ ‫ﻓﻠﻤّﺎ ﺭﺃﻯ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﺫﻟﻙ ﺩﻫﺵ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﻗﻑ ﺃﻤﺎﻤﻪ ﺨﺎﺸﻌ ﹰﺎ ﻭﻗﺎل ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺭﻭﻓﺔ‪ :‬ﻋﺩﻟ ﹶ‬ ‫ﻼ )ﺒﺎﻟﻀ ّﻡ(‪ :‬ﺃﻱ ﻤﺘﺠﺭّﺩﹰﺍ ﻤﻥ ﻤﻅﺎﻫﺭ ﺍ ُﻷﺒّﻬﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫)‪ -(٤٤‬ﻋﻁ ﹰ‬

‫)‪ -(٤٥‬ﺍﻟﺩّﻭﺡ‪ :‬ﺠﻤﻊ ﺩﻭﺤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﹼﺠﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻅﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﹼﺴﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻅلّ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺸﺘﻤل ﺍﻟﺭّﺠل ﺒﺜﻭﺒﻪ‪ ،‬ﺘﹶﻠﹶﻔﹼﻑ ﺒﻪ ﻭﺃﺩﺍﺭﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺠﺴﺩﻩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺒﺩﺀ ﻭﻗﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻥ ﻭﻜﻴﻑ ﺘﻌﻤل ﻋﻤﻠﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﻲ ﺒﻥ ﺃﺒﻲ ﻁﺎﻟﺏ ﺭﻀﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻤﻥ ﻜﻼ ﹴﻡ ﻟﻌﻠ ّ‬ ‫ل ﺭﺠﺎﻻﹰ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺏ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭ َﻴﺘﹶﻭﻟﹼﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺭﺠﺎ ٌ‬ ‫ﻉ ﺍﻟﻔِ ﹶﺘﻥﹺ ﺃﻫﻭﺍ ٌﺀ ﺘﹸﺘﱠﺒَﻊُ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺤﻜﺎ ٌﻡ ﹸﺘ ْﺒ ﹶﺘﺩَﻉ‪ ،‬ﻴُﺨﺎﻟﹶﻑﹸ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻜﺘﺎ ُ‬ ‫ﺇﻨﹼﻤﺎ َﺒ ْﺩ ُﺀ ﻭُﻗﻭ ﹺ‬

‫ﺹ ﻤﻥ‬ ‫ﻕ ﺨﻠ َ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺍﻟﺤ ﱠ‬ ‫ﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍ ﹾﻟ ُﻤ ْﺭﺘﹶﺎﺩِﻴﻥ )‪ (٤٦‬؛ ﻭﻟﻭ ﺃ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺨ ﹶ‬ ‫ﻕ ﻟﻡ ﻴَ ﹾ‬ ‫ﺤﱢ‬ ‫ﺝ ﺍﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺹ ﻤﻥ ﻤِﺯﺍ ﹺ‬ ‫ﻁلﹺ ﺨﻠ َ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺎ ﹶ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺍﷲ‪ .‬ﹶﻓﹶﻠ ْﻭ ﺃ ﱠ‬ ‫ﻏﻴ ﹺﺭ ﺩﻴ ﹺ‬

‫ﻀﻐﹾﺙ‪ ،‬ﹶﻓ ُﻴ ْﻤﺯَﺠﺎﻥ! ﻓﻬﻨﺎﻟﻙ‬ ‫ﺙ )‪ ، (٤٧‬ﻭﻤﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﻥ ُﻴ ْﺅﺨﹶﺫﹸ ﻤﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﻀِ ﹾﻐ ﹲ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺍ ﹾﻟﻤُﻌﺎﻨِﺩﻴﻥ؛ ﻭﻟﻜ ْ‬ ‫ﺴُ‬ ‫ﺕ ﺃ ﹾﻟ ُ‬ ‫ل ﺍﻨﻘﻁﻌ ﹾ‬ ‫ﹶﻟ ْﺒﺱﹺ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻁ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺴﻨﹶﻰ‪) {...‬ﺍﻷﻨﺒﻴﺎﺀ‪.(١٠١ :‬‬ ‫ﺤْ‬ ‫ﺕ ﹶﻟ ُﻬ ْﻡ ﻤِﻨﱠﺎ ﺍ ﹾﻟ ُ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺴَﺒَ ﹶﻘ ﹾ‬ ‫ﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻭﻟﻴﺎﺌﻪ ﻭﻴﻨﺠﻭ }‪ ...‬ﺍﱠﻟﺫِﻴ َ‬ ‫ﻴﺴﺘﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﹼﻴﻁﺎ ُ‬

‫"ﻨﻬﺞ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻏﺔ"‬

‫ـــــــــــــــــــ‬ ‫)‪ -(٤٦‬ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺘﺎﺩﻴﻥ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻁﹼﺎﻟﺒﻴﻥ ﻟﻠﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫)‪ -(٤٧‬ﺍﻟﻀّﻐﺙ‪ :‬ﻗﺒﻀﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺤﺸﻴﺵ ﻤﺨﺘﻠﻁ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟ ّﺭﻁﹾﺏ ﺒﺎﻟﻴﺎﺒﺱ‪.‬‬

‫ﺃﻴﻥ ﻫﺅﻻﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ؟‬ ‫ﻋﻥ ﻤﺎﻟﻙ ﺒﻥ ﺃﻨﺱ ﻗﺎل‪:‬‬

‫ﻲ ﻭﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺒﻥ ﻁﺎﻭُﻭﺱ )‪ ، (٤٨‬ﻓﺄﺘﻴﻨﺎﻩ ﻓﺩﺨﻠﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻫﻭ ﺠﺎﻟﺱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﹸﻓﺭُﺵ ﻗﺩ‬ ‫ﺒﻌﺙ ﺃﺒﻭ ﺠﻌﻔﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺼﻭﺭ ﺇﻟ ّ‬ ‫ﻥ ﻴﺩﻴْﻪ ﺃﻨﹾﻁﺎﻉ ﻗﺩ ُﺒﺴِﻁﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺠَﻼ ﹺﻭ َﺯ ﹲﺓ‬ ‫ﻀ َﺩﺕﹾ‪ ،‬ﻭﺒﻴ َ‬ ‫ﹸﻨ ﱢ‬

‫)‪(٤٩‬‬

‫ﻥ‬ ‫ﻑ ﻴَﻀﺭﺒﻭﻥ ﺍﻷﻋﻨﺎﻕ‪ .‬ﻓﺄﻭﻤﺄ ﺇﻟﻴﻨﺎ‪ :‬ﺃ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺒﺄﻴﺩﻴﻬ ُﻡ ﺍﻟﺴّﻴﻭ ﹸ‬

‫ﻥ ﻁﺎﻭﻭﺱ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎل ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﺤﺩّﺜﻨﻲ ﻋﻥ ﺃﺒﻴﻙ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺠﻠِﺴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺠﻠﺴﻨﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﺄﻁﺭﻕ ﻋﻨﹼﺎ ﻁﻭﻴﻼﹰ‪ ،‬ﺜ ّﻡ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺭﺃﺴَﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻔﺕﹶ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺒ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺍْ‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ﺱ ﻋﺫﺍﺒﹰﺎ ﻴﻭ َﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻤ ِﺔ ﺭﺠ ٌ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺃﺸ ﱠﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﹼﺎ ﹺ‬ ‫ﻗﺎل‪ :‬ﻨﻌﻡ‪ ،‬ﺴﻤﻌﺕ ﺃﺒﻲ ﻴﻘﻭل‪ :‬ﻗﺎل ﺭﺴﻭل ﺍﷲ ﺼﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺴﻠﻡ‪» :‬ﺇ ّ‬ ‫ﺕ ﺜِﻴﺎﺒﻲ‬ ‫ﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺼﻭ ُﺭ ﺴﺎﻋﺔ‪ .‬ﻗﺎل ﻤﺎﻟﻙ‪ :‬ﹶﻓﻀَﻤَ ْﻤ ﹸ‬ ‫ﺠ ْﻭ َﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻋَ ْﺩﻟِﻪ«‪ .‬ﻓﺄﻤﺴ َ‬ ‫ل ﻋﻠﻴ ِﻪ ﺍ ﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺤ ﹾﻜ ِﻤ ِﻪ ﻓﺄﺩﺨ َ‬ ‫ﺃﺸ َﺭ ﹶﻜ ُﻪ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻲ ُ‬ ‫ﺕ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺃﺒﻭ ﺠﻌﻔﺭ ﻓﻘﺎل‪ :‬ﻋِﻅﹾﻨﻲ ﻴﺎ ﺍﺒﻥ‬ ‫ﻤﻥ ﺜِﻴﺎ ﹺﺒ ِﻪ )ﺃﻱ ﺜﻴﺎﺏ ﺍﺒﻥ ﻁﺎﻭﻭﺱ( َﻤﺨﹶﺎ ﹶﻓ ﹶﺔ ﺃﻥ َﻴﻤْﻸﻨﻲ ﻤﻥ َﺩﻤِﻪ‪ .‬ﺜ ّﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻔ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺕ ﺍ ﹾﻟ ِﻌﻤَﺎ ِﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻙ ﹺﺒﻌَﺎ ٍﺩ‪ِ .‬ﺇ َﺭ َﻡ ﺫﹶﺍ ِ‬ ‫ل َﺭ ﱡﺒ َ‬ ‫ﻑ ﹶﻓﻌَ َ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺘﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻴﻘﻭل‪َ} :‬ﺃﹶﻟ ْﻡ ﹶﺘﺭَ ﹶﻜ ْﻴ ﹶ‬ ‫ﻁﺎﻭﻭﺱ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎل‪ :‬ﻨﻌﻡ ﻴﺎ ﺃﻤﻴ َﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﺇ ّ‬ ‫ﻁ ﹶﻐﻭْﺍ ﻓِﻲ‬ ‫ﻥ ﹶ‬ ‫ﻷ ْﻭﺘﹶﺎ ِﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﱠﻟﺫِﻴ َ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺫِﻱ ﺍ َ‬ ‫ﻋ ْﻭ َ‬ ‫ﺨ َﺭ ﺒﹺﺎ ﹾﻟﻭَﺍ ِﺩ‪َ .‬ﻭ ِﻓ ْﺭ َ‬ ‫ﺼﹾ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺠَﺎﺒُﻭﺍ ﺍﻟ ﱠ‬ ‫ﻼ ِﺩ‪َ .‬ﻭ ﹶﺜﻤُﻭ َﺩ ﺍﱠﻟﺫِﻴ َ‬ ‫ﻕ ِﻤ ﹾﺜﹸﻠﻬَﺎ ﻓِﻲ ﺍ ﹾﻟﺒﹺ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺨﹶﻠ ﹾ‬ ‫ﺍﱠﻟﺘِﻲ ﹶﻟ ْﻡ ُﻴ ﹾ‬

‫ﻙ ﹶﻟﺒﹺﺎ ﹾﻟﻤِ ْﺭﺼَﺎﺩِ{ )ﺍﻟﻔﺠﺭ‪ .(١٤-٦ :‬ﻗﺎل‬ ‫ﻥ َﺭ ﱠﺒ َ‬ ‫ﺏ‪ِ .‬ﺇ ﱠ‬ ‫ﻋﺫﹶﺍ ﹴ‬ ‫ﻁ َ‬ ‫ﻙ ﺴَ ْﻭ ﹶ‬ ‫ﻋﹶﻠ ْﻴ ﹺﻬ ْﻡ َﺭ ﱡﺒ َ‬ ‫ﺏ َ‬ ‫ﺼ ﱠ‬ ‫ﻼﺩ‪ .‬ﹶﻓَﺄ ﹾﻜ ﹶﺜﺭُﻭﺍ ﻓِﻴﻬَﺎ ﺍ ﹾﻟ ﹶﻔﺴَﺎ َﺩ‪ .‬ﹶﻓ َ‬ ‫ﺍ ﹾﻟﺒﹺ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺴ َﻭ ﱠﺩ‬ ‫ﺕ ﺜﻴﺎﺒﻲ ﻤﻥ ﺜﻴﺎﺒﻪ ﻤﺨﺎﻓ ﹶﺔ ﺃﻥ َﻴﻤْﻸﻨﻲ ﻤﻥ َﺩﻤِﻪ‪ .‬ﻓﺄﻤﺴﻙ )ﺃﺒﻭ ﺠﻌﻔﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺼﻭﺭ( ﺴﺎﻋ ﹰﺔ ﺤﺘﻰ ﺍ ْ‬ ‫ﻤﺎﻟﻙ‪ :‬ﻓﻀﻤﻤ ﹸ‬ ‫ﻤﺎ ﺒﻴﻨﻨﺎ ﻭﺒﻴﻨﻪ‪ .‬ﺜ ّﻡ ﻗﺎل‪ :‬ﻴﺎ ﺍﺒﻥ ﻁﺎﻭﻭﺱ ﻨﺎﻭﻟﹾﻨﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺍﺓ‪ .‬ﻓﺄﻤﺴﻙ )ﺍﺒﻥ ﻁﺎﻭﻭﺱ( ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﺜ ّﻡ ﻗﺎل ﺃﺒﻭ ﺠﻌﻔﺭ‬ ‫ﻙ ﺃﻥ ﹸﺘﻨﹶﺎﻭﹺﹶﻟﻨِﻴﻬﺎ؟ ﻗﺎل‪ :‬ﺃﺨﺸﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻜﺘﺏ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺼﻭﺭ‪ :‬ﻨﺎﻭﻟﻨﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺍﺓ‪ .‬ﻓﺄﻤﺴﻙ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺎل ﺃﺒﻭ ﺠﻌﻔﺭ‪ :‬ﻤﺎ َﻴﻤْﻨ ُﻌ َ‬

‫‪٢٨‬‬


‫"ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻴﺩ" ﻻﺒﻥ ﻋﺒﺩ ﺭﺒّﻪ ﺍﻷﻨﺩﻟﺴﻲ‬

‫ــــــــــــــــ‬ ‫)‪ -(٤٨‬ﻗﺎل ﺸﺎﺭﺤﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩ ) ﺃﺤﻤﺩ ﺃﻤﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﺃﺤﻤﺩ ﺍﻟﺯّﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﺇﺒﺭﺍﻫﻴﻡ ﺍﻷﺒﻴﺎﺭﻱ(‪ :‬ﻜﺫﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﺼﻭل‪ .‬ﻭﻴﻼﺤﻅ ﺃﻨﹼﻪ ﻗﺩ ﻭﺭﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﹼﻬﺫﻴﺏ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺍﺒﻥ ﻁﺎﻭﻭﺱ ﻤﺎﺕ ﺴﻨﺔ ‪١٣٢‬ﻫ ﻓﻲ ﺨﻼﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺴّﻔﺎﺡ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺃّ‬ ‫)‪ -(٤٩‬ﺍﻟﺠﻼﻭﺯﺓ‪ :‬ﺠﻤﻊ ﺠﻠﻭﺍﺯ )ﺒﻜﺴﺭ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﻡ( ﻭﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﺸﹼﺭﻁﻲ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺭّﺍﻋﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺫﹼﺌﺏ‬ ‫ﺡ‬ ‫ﺕ ﺭﻭ ُ‬ ‫ﻋ ﹸﻨﻘﹶﻬﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﺴّﻜﹼﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎ ﹾﻨ ﹶﺘﺤَﺒَ ﹾ‬ ‫ﺴ ﹼﻨﹰﺎ ﺃﻨﻘ ﹶﺫ ﺸﺎ ﹰﺓ ﻤﻥ ﻓﻡ ﺫﺌﺏ ﻭﻤﻥ ﻤﺨﺎﻟﺒﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺀ ﺠ ﱠﺯ ُ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺭﺍﻋﻴﹰﺎ ُﻤ ِ‬ ‫ﺕﺃّ‬ ‫ﺴﻤﻌ ﹸ‬ ‫ﺕ ﻟﻲ ﺫِﺌﺒﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻙ ﺃﻨ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺕ ﻓﻴ َ‬ ‫ﺏ ﺍﻟﺫﹼﺌﺏ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺤﻴﻥ ﺭﺃﻴ ﹸ‬ ‫ﻋ ﹶﺘﻨِﻲ ﻤﻥ ﻤَﺨﺎِﻟ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﹼﺎ ِﺓ ﻗﺎﺌﻠﺔ‪ :‬ﻗﺩ ﺍﻨﺘﺯ ْ‬

‫ﺴﻌﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﹼﻴﺭﺍﺯﻱ‪ ،‬ﻋﻥ ﻜﺘﺎﺏ‪" :‬ﻤﺨﺘﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﹼﻌﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺭﺴﻲ" ﻟﻠﺩﻜﺘﻭﺭ ﻤﺤﻤّﺩ ﻏﻨﻴﻤﻲ ﻫﻼل‬

‫ﻜ ّل ﺇﻨﺎﺀ ﻴﻨﻀﺢ ﺒﻤﺎ ﻓﻴﻪ‬ ‫ﺠ ﱠﻴ ﹰﺔ‬ ‫ﺴـ ﹺ‬ ‫ل ِﻤ ﹼﻨـﺎ َ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺍ ﹾﻟ َﻌ ْﺩ ُ‬ ‫ﻤَﻠﹶﻜﹾﻨﺎ ﻓﻜﺎ َ‬

‫ﺢ‬ ‫ﻁـ ُ‬ ‫ل ﺒﺎﻟ ّﺩ ﹺﻡ ﺃ ْﺒ ﹶ‬ ‫ﻓﻠﻤّﺎ َﻤﹶﻠ ﹾﻜ ﹸﺘـﻡ ﺴـﺎ َ‬

‫ل ﺍﻷﺴـﺎﺭﻯ ﻭﻁﺎﻟﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﺤﱠﻠ ﹾﻠـﺘﹸ ُﻡ ﹶﻗ ﹾﺘ َ‬ ‫َﻭ َ‬

‫ﺢ‬ ‫ﺼ ﹶﻔ ُ‬ ‫ﻷﺴْﺭﻯ ﹶﻨ ُﻤﻥﱡ ﻭ ﹶﻨ ْ‬ ‫ﻏ َﺩ ْﻭﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍ َ‬ ‫ﹶ‬

‫ﺕ ﺒَ ْﻴ ﹶﻨ ﹶﻨـﺎ‬ ‫ﺴـ ُﺒﻜﹸ ُﻡ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﹼﻔـﺎﻭ ﹸ‬ ‫ﺤْ‬ ‫ﹶﻓ َ‬

‫ﺢ‬ ‫ﻀـ ُ‬ ‫ل ﺇﻨـﺎ ٍﺀ ﺒﺎﻟﺫﻱ ﻓﻴـﻪ َﻴ ﹾﻨ َ‬ ‫ﻓﻜ ﱡ‬

‫"ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺹ ﺒﻴﺹ" ‪ -‬ﺴﻌﺩ ﺒﻥ ﻤﺤﻤّﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﹼﻤﻴﻤﻲ‬

‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺒﺼﻴﺭﺓ‬ ‫ﻥ{ )ﻴﻭﺴﻑ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺸ ﹺﺭﻜِﻴ َ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺍ ﹾﻟ ُﻤ ﹾ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪِ ﻭَﻤَﺎ ﺃَﻨﹶﺎ ِﻤ ْ‬ ‫ﺴ ْﺒﺤَﺎ َ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺍ ﱠﺘﺒَﻌَﻨِﻲ َﻭ ُ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﹶﻰ َﺒﺼِﻴ َﺭ ٍﺓ ﺃَﻨﹶﺎ َﻭ َﻤ ْ‬ ‫ﺴﺒﹺﻴﻠِﻲ َﺃ ْﺩﻋُﻭ ِﺇﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪِ َ‬ ‫ل َﻫ ِﺫ ِﻩ َ‬ ‫} ﹸﻗ ْ‬ ‫‪(١٠٨‬‬

‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺒﻴّﻨﺔ‬ ‫ﻋ َﻤِﻠ ِﻪ ﻭَﺍ ﱠﺘ َﺒﻌُﻭﺍ َﺃ ْﻫﻭَﺍ َﺀ ُﻫ ْﻡ{ )ﻤﺤﻤّﺩ‪(١٤ :‬‬ ‫ﻥ ﹶﻟ ُﻪ ﺴُﻭ ُﺀ َ‬ ‫ﻥ ُﺯ ﱢﻴ َ‬ ‫ﻥ َﺭ ﱢﺒ ِﻪ ﹶﻜ َﻤ ْ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﹶﻰ ﺒَ ﱢﻴ ﹶﻨﺔٍ ِﻤ ْ‬ ‫ﻥ َ‬ ‫ﻥ ﻜﹶﺎ َ‬ ‫}َﺃ ﹶﻓﻤَ ْ‬

‫ﺴﻭ ّﻴ ﹰﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺼﺭﺍﻁ ﻤﺴﺘﻘﻴﻡ‬ ‫ﺴ ﹶﺘﻘِﻴ ﹴﻡ{ )ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻙ‪.(٢٢ :‬‬ ‫ﻁ ُﻤ ْ‬ ‫ﺼﺭَﺍ ٍ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﹶﻰ ِ‬ ‫ﺴ ﹺﻭﻴ‪‬ﺎ َ‬ ‫ﻥ َﻴ ْﻤﺸِﻲ َ‬ ‫ﺠ ﹺﻬ ِﻪ َﺃ ْﻫﺩَﻯ َﺃ ﱠﻤ ْ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﹶﻰ َﻭ ْ‬ ‫ﻥ َﻴ ْﻤﺸِﻲ ُﻤ ِﻜﺒ‪‬ﺎ َ‬ ‫}َﺃ ﹶﻓ َﻤ ْ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ ﺴﺒﻴل ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺭ‬ ‫‪٢٩‬‬


‫ﺨ ْﻴﺭًﺍ ُﻴ ﹶﻔﻘﱢ ْﻬ ُﻪ ﻓِﻲ‬ ‫ﻥ ُﻴ ﹺﺭ ِﺩ ﺍﻟﻠﱠ ُﻪ ﹺﺒ ِﻪ ﹶ‬ ‫ﻋﻥ ﻤُﻌﺎﻭﻴ ﹶﺔ ﺭﻀﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﺎل‪ :‬ﻗﺎل ﺭﺴﻭل ﺍﷲ ﺼﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺴﻠﻡ‪َ » :‬ﻤ ْ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺩﱢﻴﻥ« ﻤﺘﻔﻕ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺃﺤﺴﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﺃﺨﻠﺼﻪ ﻭﺃﺼﻭﺒﻪ‬ ‫ﺤﻴَﺎ ﹶﺓ ِﻟ َﻴ ْﺒﹸﻠ َﻭ ﹸﻜ ْﻡ َﺃ ﱡﻴ ﹸﻜ ْﻡ‬ ‫ﺕ ﻭَﺍ ﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﻕ ﺍ ﹾﻟ َﻤ ْﻭ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺨﹶﻠ ﹶ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل" ﻓﻲ ﻗﻭﻟﻪ ﺘﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪} :‬ﺍﱠﻟﺫِﻱ ﹶ‬ ‫ل ﺒﻥ ﻋِﻴﺎﺽ ﻋﻥ "ﺃﺤﺴ ﹺ‬ ‫ﻀ ْﻴ ُ‬ ‫ل ﺍﻟ ﹸﻔ َ‬ ‫ﺴﺌِ َ‬ ‫ُ‬

‫ﻼ‪) {...‬ﺘﺒﺎﺭﻙ‪.(٢ :‬‬ ‫ﻋ َﻤ ﹰ‬ ‫ﻥ َ‬ ‫ﺴُ‬ ‫ﺤَ‬ ‫َﺃ ْ‬ ‫ﻓﻘﺎل‪ :‬ﻫﻭ ﺃﺨﻠﺼُﻪ ﻭﺃﺼﻭﺒُﻪ‬

‫ﺼ ُﻪ ﻭﺃﺼﻭﺒُﻪ؟‬ ‫ﻗﺎﻟﻭﺍ‪ :‬ﻴﺎ ﺃﺒﺎ ﻋﻠﻲّ‪ ،‬ﻤﺎ ﺃﺨﻠ ُ‬ ‫ل ﺇﺫﺍ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺨﺎﻟِﺼﹰﺎ ﻭﻟﻡ ﻴﻜﻥ ﺼﻭﺍﺒﹰﺎ ﻟﻡ ُﻴ ﹾﻘﺒَل‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺼﻭﺍﺒﹰﺎ ﻭﻟﻡ ﻴﻜﻥ ﺨﺎﻟﺼﹰﺎ ﻟﻡ ُﻴﻘﹾﺒل‪ ،‬ﺤﺘﻰ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻤ َ‬ ‫ﻓﻘﺎل‪ :‬ﺇ ّ‬ ‫ﺴﻨﹼﺔ‪ .‬ﺜ ّﻡ ﻗﺭﺃ ﻗﻭﹶﻟ ُﻪ ﺘﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ّ‬ ‫ﺏ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻜﻭ َ‬ ‫ﻥ ﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺼّﻭﺍ ُ‬ ‫ﺹ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻜﻭ َ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺨﺎﻟﺼﹰﺎ ﺼﻭﺍﺒﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺎِﻟ ُ‬ ‫ﻴﻜﻭ َ‬ ‫ﺤﺩًﺍ{ )ﺍﻟﻜﻬﻑ‪.(١١٠ :‬‬ ‫ﻙ ﹺﺒ ِﻌﺒَﺎ َﺩ ِﺓ َﺭ ﱢﺒ ِﻪ َﺃ َ‬ ‫ﺸ ﹺﺭ ْ‬ ‫ﻻ ُﻴ ﹾ‬ ‫ﻼ ﺼَﺎﻟِﺤًﺎ ﻭَ ﹶ‬ ‫ﻋ َﻤ ﹰ‬ ‫ل َ‬ ‫ﻥ ﻴَ ْﺭﺠُﻭﺍ ِﻟﻘﹶﺎ َﺀ َﺭ ﱢﺒ ِﻪ ﹶﻓ ﹾﻠ َﻴ ْﻌ َﻤ ْ‬ ‫ﻥ ﻜﹶﺎ َ‬ ‫}‪ ...‬ﹶﻓ َﻤ ْ‬

‫"ﻤﺩﺍﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻟﻜﻴﻥ"‬

‫ﻋﻬﺩ ﺃﺒﻲ ﺒﻜﺭ ﺒﺎﻟﺨﻼﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﻤﺭ‬ ‫ﺒﺴﻡ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺭّﺤﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺭّﺤﻴﻡ‬

‫ﻋ ْﻬ ِﺩ ِﻩ‬ ‫ل َ‬ ‫ﷲ ﺼﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺴﻠﻡ؛ ﻋﻨ َﺩ ﺁﺨ ﹺﺭ ﻋﻬ ِﺩ ِﻩ ﺒﺎﻟﺩّﻨﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃ ﱠﻭ ﹺ‬ ‫لﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﻋ ﹺﻬ َﺩ ﺒﻪ ﺃﺒﻭ ﺒﻜﺭ ﺨﻠﻴﻔ ﹸﺔ ﻤﺤﻤّﺩ ﺭﺴﻭ ﹺ‬ ‫ﻫﺫﺍ ﻤﺎ َ‬

‫ﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﹼﺎﺏ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻋ َﻤ َﺭ ﺒ َ‬ ‫ﺕ ﻋﻠﻴﻜﻡ ُ‬ ‫ﻥ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﺘﹼﻘﻲ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺠﺭ‪ .‬ﺇﻨﹼﻲ ﺍﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠ ﹸ‬ ‫ﺨﺭَﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎل ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ُﻴ ْﺅ ِﻤ ُ‬ ‫ﺒﺎﻵ ِ‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ﺨ ْﻴﺭَ ﺃﺭَ ْﺩﺕﹸ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜ ﱢ‬ ‫ﻋ ﹾﻠ َﻡ ﻟﻲ ﺒﺎﻟ ﹶﻐﻴْﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟ ﹶ‬ ‫ل ﻓﻼ ِ‬ ‫ل ﻓﺫﻟﻙ ﻋِﻠﹾﻤﻲ ﺒﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﺃﻴﻲ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﺠﺎ َﺭ ﻭﺒَ ﱠﺩ َ‬ ‫ﻓﺈﻥ َﺒ ﱠﺭ ﻭﻋَﺩَ َ‬ ‫ﻱ ُﻤ ﹾﻨ ﹶﻘﹶﻠﺏﹴ ﻴَ ﹾﻨﻘﹶﻠِﺒﻭﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻥ ﻅﻠﻤﻭﺍ ﺃ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺴﺏَ‪ ،‬ﻭﺴﻴﻌﻠ ُﻡ ﺍﻟﹼﺫﻴ َ‬ ‫ﺉ ﻤﺎ ﺍﻜ ﹶﺘ َ‬ ‫ﺍﻤ ﹺﺭ ٍ‬

‫"ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻤل" ﻟﻠﻤﺒﺭّﺩ‬

‫ﺼﻼﺡ ﺍﻟﺩّﻴﻥ ﻭﻓﺴﺎﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﺹ ﹺﺒ ْﺩﻋْﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺼ ُ‬ ‫ﺝ ﺍﻟ ﹸﻘﺼّﺎﺹ ﻭﻴﻘﻭل‪ :‬ﺍﻟ ﹶﻘ َ‬ ‫ﺨ ﹺﺭ ُ‬ ‫ﻲ ﺒﻥ ﺃﺒﻲ ﻁﺎﻟﺏ ﺭﻀﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺠﺎﻤ َﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﺼﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺠﻌل ُﻴ ﹾ‬ ‫ﺩﺨل ﻋﻠ ّ‬ ‫ﺏ ﻴﺘﻜﻠﹼﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺠﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﻓﺎﺴﺘﻤﻊ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻓﺄﻋﺠﺒﻪ ﻜﻼﻤُﻪ ﻓﻘﺎل‪ :‬ﻴﺎ ﻓﺘﻰ‪ ،‬ﺃَﺴ َﺄﹸﻟﻙَ ﻋﻥ ﺸﻴﺌﻴﻥ ﻓﺈﻥ‬ ‫ﻓﺎﻨﺘﻬﻰ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺤﻠﻘ ِﺔ ﺸﺎ ﱟ‬ ‫ﺕ ﺃﺼﺤﺎﺒَﻙ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻻ ﺃﺨﺭﺠﺘﹸﻙ ﻜﻤﺎ ﺃﺨﺭﺠ ﹸ‬ ‫ﺕ ﻤﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﺘﺭﻜﺘﹸﻙ ﺘﺘﻜﻠﹼﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﹼﺎﺱ ﻭﺇ ﹼ‬ ‫ﺨﺭﺠ ﹶ‬ ‫ل ﻴﺎ ﺃﻤﻴ َﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺴْ‬ ‫ﻓﻘﺎل‪َ :‬‬

‫ﻥ ﻭﻤﺎ ﻓﺴﺎﺩُﻩ؟‬ ‫ﺡ ﺍﻟﺩّﻴ ﹺ‬ ‫ﻓﻘﺎل‪ :‬ﺃﺨﺒﺭْﻨﻲ ﻤﺎ ﺼﻼ ُ‬ ‫ﺤ ُﻪ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻉ ﻭﻓﺴﺎ ُﺩ ُﻩ ﺍﻟﻁﹼﻤﻊ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﻘﺎل‪ :‬ﺼﻼ ُ‬ ‫ﺢ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺘﻜﹼﻠ َﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﹼﺎﺱ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺕ ﺘﻜﻠﹼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺜﻠﹸﻙ ﻴﺼﻠ ُ‬ ‫ﻗﺎل‪ :‬ﺼﺩﻗ ﹶ‬

‫ﻼ ﻋﻥ "ﻗﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻭﺏ"‬ ‫"ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻭّﻑ ﺍﻹﺴﻼﻤﻲ" ﻟﻠﺩﻜﺘﻭﺭ ﺯﻜﻲ ﻤﺒﺎﺭﻙ ﻨﻘ ﹰ‬

‫‪٣٠‬‬


‫ﻲ ﺭﻀﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‬ ‫ﺤﻜﻡ ﻟﻌﻠ ّ‬ ‫ﺴﺭَﻉَ ﺍ ﹾﻟ ُﻤ ﹾﻠ ﹶﺘﻘﹶﻰ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺕ ﻓﻲ ِﺇﻗﹾﺒﺎل ﻓﻤﺎ َﺃ ْ‬ ‫ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻜﻨﺕ ﻓﻲ ِﺇﺩْﺒﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻭ ﹸ‬‫ﺠ ﹶﺘ ﹶﻨﺏَ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺭّﻤﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻤﻥ ﺯﻫﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺩّﻨﻴﺎ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﹼﺎ ﹺﺭ ﺍ ْ‬ ‫ﻕ ِﻤ َ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺃﺸﻔ ﹶ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﱠﻬﻭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭ َﻤ ْ‬ ‫ﻋﹺ‬ ‫ﻼ َ‬ ‫ﻕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺠ ﹼﻨ ِﺔ ﺴَ ﹶ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺍﺸﹾﺘﺎ ﹶ‬ ‫ َﻤ ﹺ‬‫ﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺭﺍﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺕ ﺴﺎ َﺭ َ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺍ ْﺭ ﹶﺘ ﹶﻘﺏَ ﺍﻟﻤﻭ ﹶ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺒﺎ ﹾﻟﻤُﺼﻴﺒﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭ َﻤ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺍﺴْﺘﻬَﺎ َ‬ ‫ﻑ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﺭﻴﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻏﻡَ ﺃﻨﻭ ﹶ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺍ ﹾﻟﻤُﻨ ﹶﻜﺭﹺ َﺃ ْﺭ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺸ ﱠﺩ ﻅﻬﻭ َﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻤﻥ ﻨﹶﻬَﻰ ﻋ ﹺ‬ ‫ﻥ َﺃﻤَﺭَ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﻌﺭﻭﻑ ﹶ‬ ‫ َﻤ ْ‬‫ﺱ ﺒﻤﺎ َﻴﻜﹾﺭﻫﻭﻥ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻟﻭﺍ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺒﻤﺎ ﻻ َﻴ ْﻌﻠﹶﻤﻭﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﹼﺎ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺴ َﺭ َ‬ ‫ ﻤﻥ ﺃ ْ‬‫ل ﺃَﺴﺎﺀَ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل‪.‬‬ ‫ل ﺍﻷﻤ َ‬ ‫‪ -‬ﻤﻥ ﺃﻁﺎ َ‬

‫ﺕ ﺒﺎﻟﻔﺭﺍﺌﺽ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻀ ﱠﺭ ﹾ‬ ‫ل ﺇﺫﺍ َﺃ َ‬ ‫ ﻻ ﹸﻗ ْﺭﺒَ ﹶﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﻨﹼﻭﺍﻓ ﹺ‬‫ﺠﺒُﻙ‪.‬‬ ‫ﷲ ﻤﻥ ﺤَﺴَ ﹶﻨﺔٍ ﹸﺘ ْﻌ ﹺ‬ ‫ﻙ ﺨﻴ ٌﺭ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺍ ِ‬ ‫ ﺴﻴّﺌ ﹲﺔ ﹶﺘﺴُﻭ ُﺅ َ‬‫ﻋﻔﱠ ﹸﺘ ُﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﹶﻗ ْﺩﺭﹺ‬ ‫ل ﻋﻠﻰ ﹶﻗ ْﺩﺭﹺ ِﻫ ﱠﻤﺘِﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺼﺩﻗﹸ ُﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﹶﻗ ْﺩﺭﹺ ﻤُﺭﻭ َﺀﺘِﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺸﺠﺎﻋﺘﹸ ُﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﹶﻗ ْﺩﺭﹺ َﺃ ﹶﻨ ﹶﻔﺘِﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ َ‬ ‫ ﹶﻗ ْﺩ ُﺭ ﺍﻟﺭّﺠ ﹺ‬‫ﻏﹶﻴْﺭﺘﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺸﺒﹺﻊ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺼ ْﻭﻟﹶﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺭﻴﻡﹺ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺠﺎﻉ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻠﱠﺌﻴ ﹺﻡ ﺇﺫﺍ ﹶ‬ ‫ ﺍﺤﺫﺭﻭﺍ َ‬‫ﺱ ﺒﺎﻟﻌﻔ ﹺﻭ َﺃ ﹾﻗ َﺩ ُﺭ ُﻫ ْﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺒﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ ﺃَ ْﻭﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﹼﺎ ﹺ‬‫ ﻻ ﻏِﻨﹶﻰ ﻜﺎﻟﻌﻘل‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﹶﻓ ﹾﻘﺭَ ﻜﺎﻟﺠﻬل‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻤِﻴﺭﺍﺙﹶ ﻜﺎﻷﺩﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻅﹶﻬﻴﺭ ﻜﺎﻟﻤﺸﺎﻭﺭﺓ‪.‬‬‫ﻋﻤﱠﺎ ﹸﺘﺤِﺏّ‪.‬‬ ‫ ﺍﻟﺼﱠ ْﺒ ُﺭ ﺼﺒﺭﺍﻥ‪ :‬ﺼﺒ ٌﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺎ ﹶﺘ ﹾﻜﺭَﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺼﺒ ٌﺭ َ‬‫ﺸﺭَﻙ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻥ َﺒ ﱠ‬ ‫ﻙ ﹶﻜ َﻤ ْ‬ ‫ﺤ ﱠﺫ َﺭ َ‬ ‫‪ -‬ﻤﻥ َ‬

‫ﻋﻘﹶﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻲ ﻋﻨ ُﻪ َ‬ ‫ﺨﱢﻠ َ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺴَ ُﺒ ٌﻊ ﺇﻥ ﹸ‬ ‫ ﺍﻟﻠﱢﺴﺎ ُ‬‫ﻏ ْﺭﺒَﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻷﺤِ ﱠﺒﺔِ ﹸ‬ ‫ ﹶﻓ ﹾﻘ ُﺩ ﺍ َ‬‫ﻥ ﻤﻥ ﻁﻠﺒﹺﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻏﻴ ﹺﺭ ﺃﻫﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺠَﺔ َﺃ ْﻫ َﻭ ُ‬ ‫ ﹶﻓ ْﻭ ﹸ‬‫ل ﻤﻨﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻥ َﺃ ﹶﻗ ﱡ‬ ‫ﺤﺭْﻤﺎ َ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺍﻟ ِ‬ ‫ﺴ ﹶﺘﺢﹺ ﻤﻥ ﺇﻋﻁﺎ ِﺀ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻴل ﻓﺈ ﱠ‬ ‫ ﻻ ﹶﺘ ْ‬‫ﻻ ُﻤ ﹾﻔﺭﹺﻁﹰﺎ ﺃﻭ ُﻤﻔﹶﺭﱢﻁﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫لﺇﹼ‬ ‫ ﻻ ﺘﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻫ َ‬‫ﺹ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ل ﻨﻘ َ‬ ‫‪ -‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺘ ﱠﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻘ ُ‬

‫ﻷ ْﻤ ِﻨﻴﱠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻤﻥ ﻅﹶﻔﺭ ﺒﻪ ﻨﹶﺼِﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻤﻥ ﻓﺎ ﹶﺘ ُﻪ ﺘﻌﺏ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋ ُﺩ ﺍ ُ‬ ‫ﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻴّﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴُﺒﺎ ِ‬ ‫ﺠﺩﱢ ُﺩ ﺍﻵﻤﺎل‪ ،‬ﻭ ُﻴ ﹶﻘﺭﱢ ُ‬ ‫ﺨﻠِﻕﹸ ﺍﻷﺒﺩﺍﻥ ﻭ ُﻴ َ‬ ‫ ﺍﻟﺩّﻫ ُﺭ ُﻴ ﹾ‬‫ل ﺘﺄﺩﻴﺒﻪ ﹺﺒﻠِﺴﺎﻨﻪ؛‬ ‫ﻥ ﺘﺄﺩﻴ ُﺒ ُﻪ ﺒﹺﺴﻴ َﺭ ِﺘ ِﻪ ﻗﺒ َ‬ ‫ل ﹶﺘﻌْﻠﻴﻡﹺ ﻏﻴﺭﹺﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﹾﻟ َﻴ ﹸﻜ ْ‬ ‫ﺱ ﺇﻤﺎﻤﹰﺎ ﹾﻓ ﹾﻠ َﻴ ْﺒ َﺩ ْﺃ ﺒﹺﺘﻌﻠﻴ ﹺﻡ ﻨﻔﺴِﻪ ﻗﺒ َ‬ ‫ﺴ ُﻪ ﻟﻠﻨﹼﺎ ﹺ‬ ‫ ﻤﻥ ﹶﻨﺼَﺏَ ﻨﻔ َ‬‫ﺱ ﻭ ُﻤ َﺅ ﱢﺩ ﹺﺒﻬﹺﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ل ﻤﻥ ُﻤ َﻌﱢﻠ ﹺﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﹼﺎ ﹺ‬ ‫ﻹﺠْﻼ ﹺ‬ ‫ﻕ ﺒﹺﺎ ِ‬ ‫ﺤﱡ‬ ‫ﺴ ِﻪ ﻭ ُﻤ َﺅﺩﱢﺒُﻬﺎ َﺃ َ‬ ‫ﻭ ُﻤ َﻌﻠﱢ ُﻡ ﹶﻨ ﹾﻔ ِ‬

‫"ﻨﻬﺞ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻏﺔ"‬

‫‪٣١‬‬


‫ﻤﻌﺠﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﺭّﺴﻭل‬ ‫ﺠ َﺯ ﹰﺓ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺍ ﹾﻟ ُﻤﺨﹾﺘﺎ ﹺﺭ ﻤُﻌ ﹺ‬ ‫ﻥ ِﻤ َ‬ ‫ل ﺘﻁﻠﺒﻭ َ‬ ‫ﻫْ‬

‫ﻷﺠْﺩﺍﺙِ َﺃﺤْﻴﺎ ُﻩ‬ ‫ﻥﺍَ‬ ‫ﺏ ِﻤ َ‬ ‫ﺸـ ْﻌ ٌ‬ ‫َﻴﻜﹾﻔﻴ ِﻪ ﹶ‬

‫ل ﻤَ ْﻤﹶﻠ ﹶﻜﺔﹰ‬ ‫ﻹ ْﺒ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺱ ﺭُﻋﺎﺓﹸ ﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﻑ ﺴـﺎ َ‬ ‫ﻭﻜﻴ ﹶ‬

‫ل َﺃ ْﻭ ﺸﺎ ُﻩ‬ ‫ﻥ ﹶﻗ ْﺒ ُ‬ ‫ﻤﺎ ﺴﺎﺴَﻬﺎ ﻗﹶ ْﻴﺼَ ٌﺭ ِﻤ ْ‬

‫ﻋﻤَﺭﹰﺍ ﺘﹶﻜﹾﺴـﻭ ُﻩ ﺒُﺭﺩَﺘﹸ ُﻪ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺭﺃﻯ ُ‬ ‫ﻴﺎ َﻤ ْ‬

‫ﺕ ُﺃ ْﺩ ٌﻡ ﹶﻟ ُﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻭﺥﹸ َﻤﺄْﻭﺍ ُﻩ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﺯﱠ ْﻴـ ﹸ‬

‫ﺴـ ﱢﻴ ِﻪ ﹶﻓﺭَﻗﹰﺎ‬ ‫ﺴﺭَﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﹸﻜ ْﺭ ِ‬ ‫َﻴ ْﻬ ﹶﺘ ﱡﺯ ﻜِ ْ‬

‫ﻙ ﺍﻟﺭّﻭ ﹺﻡ ﹶﺘﺨﹾﺸـﺎ ُﻩ‬ ‫ﺴ ِﻪ ﻭﻤُﻠﻭ ُ‬ ‫ﻥ َﺒ ْﺄ ِ‬ ‫ِﻤ ْ‬

‫ﻤﻥ ﻗﺼﻴﺩﺓ ﻟﻤﺤﻤﻭﺩ ﻏﻨﻴﻡ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺭﻴﻡ‬ ‫ﺤﺩَ ﹶﺜـ ﹲﺔ‬ ‫ﻥ ُﻤ ْ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺍﻟ ﱠﺭﺤْﻤ ﹺ‬ ‫ﻕ ِﻤ َ‬ ‫ﺤﱟ‬ ‫ﺕ َ‬ ‫ﺁﻴﺎ ﹸ‬

‫ﻑ ﺒﺎﻟ ِﻘ َﺩ ﹺﻡ‬ ‫ﺼ ﹶﻔ ﹸﺔ ﺍ ﹾﻟﻤَﻭْﺼـﻭ ِ‬ ‫ﻗﹶﺩﻴﻤ ﹲﺔ ِ‬

‫ﺨ ﹺﺒـﺭَﻨﺎ‬ ‫ﻲ ﹸﺘ ﹾ‬ ‫ﻥ ﻭﻫ َ‬ ‫ﻥ ﹺﺒﺯَﻤﺎ ﹴ‬ ‫ﹶﻟ ْﻡ ﹶﺘ ﹾﻘ ﹶﺘ ﹺﺭ ْ‬

‫ﻥ ِﺇ ْﺭ ﹺﻡ‬ ‫ﻋْ‬ ‫ﻥ ﻋﺎ ٍﺩ ﻭ َ‬ ‫ﻋْ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺍ ﹾﻟ َﻤﻌَﺎ ِﺩ ﻭ َ‬ ‫ﻋﹺ‬ ‫َ‬

‫ﺠـ َﺯ ٍﺓ‬ ‫ﺕ ﹸﻜلﱠ ُﻤ ْﻌ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺕ ﻟﹶﺩَﻴْﻨﺎ ﹶﻓﻔﹶﺎ ﹶﻗ ﹾ‬ ‫ﺩﺍ َﻤ ﹾ‬

‫ﺕ َﻭﹶﻟ ْﻡ ﹶﺘ ُﺩﻡﹺ‬ ‫ﻥ ِﺇ ﹾﺫ ﺠَﺎ َﺀ ﹾ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺍﻟ ﱠﻨ ﹺﺒﻴﱢﻴـ َ‬ ‫َﻤ َ‬

‫ﻤﻥ "ﺍﻟﺒﺭﺩﺓ" ﻟﻠﺒﻭﺼﻴﺭﻱ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺭﻴﻡ‬

‫)‪(٥٠‬‬

‫ﺕ‬ ‫ﺼ َﺭ َﻤ ﹾ‬ ‫ﺕ ﻓﺎﻨ َ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺒﹺﺎﻵﻴﺎ ِ‬ ‫ﺠﺎ َﺀ ﺍﻟﻨﹼﺒﻴّﻭ َ‬

‫ﻏ ْﻴﺭﹺ ُﻤﻨﹾﺼـ ﹺﺭ ﹺﻡ‬ ‫ﻭَﺠﹺ ْﺌﺘﹶﻨﺎ ﹺﺒﺤَﻜﻴ ﹴﻡ ﹶ‬

‫ﺠـ ُﺩ ٌﺩ‬ ‫ل ﺍ ﹾﻟﻤَﺩﻯ ُ‬ ‫ﺁﻴﺎﺘﹸ ُﻪ ﻜﹸﻠﱠﻤﺎ ﻁـﺎ َ‬

‫ﻕ ﻭﺍﻟ ِﻘ َﺩ ﹺﻡ‬ ‫ل ﺍﻟ ِﻌ ﹾﺘـ ِ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺠَﻼ ُ‬ ‫َﻴﺯﻴ ﹸﻨ ُﻬ ﱠ‬

‫ﺸـ ﱠﺭ ﹶﻓﺔٍ‬ ‫ﻅـ ٍﺔ ِﻤ ﹾﻨ ُﻪ ُﻤ ﹶ‬ ‫ﻴﻜـﺎ ُﺩ ﻓﻲ ﹶﻟ ﹾﻔ ﹶ‬

‫ﺤ ِﹺﻡ‬ ‫ﻕ ﻭﺍﻟ ﱠﺘ ﹾﻘﻭَﻯ َﻭﺒﹺﺎﻟ ﱠﺭ ِ‬ ‫ﻙ ﺒﺎﻟﺤ ﱢ‬ ‫ﻴﻭﺼِﻴ َ‬

‫)‪(٥١‬‬

‫ﻤﻥ "ﻨﻬﺞ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﺩﺓ" ﻷﺤﻤﺩ ﺸﻭﻗﻲ‬

‫ــــــــــــــــ‬ ‫)‪ -(٥٠‬ﺍﻨﺼﺭﻤﺕ‪ :‬ﺍﻨﻘﻁﻌﺕ‪ .‬ﻤﻨﺼﺭﻡ‪ :‬ﻤﻨﻘﻁﻊ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻴﻡ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺩ ﻭﺼﻔﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺒﺎﻟﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻤﻭﺍﻀﻊ ﻤﻨﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺴﺭُﺭ ﻭﺴَﺭﻴﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺠﺩُﺩ‪ :‬ﺠﻤﻊ ﺠَﺩﻴﺩ ﻜ ُ‬ ‫)‪ُ -(٥١‬‬

‫ﻤﺎ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻐﻀﺏ ﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻐﻀﺏ ﻟﻠﻨﹼﻔﺱ ﻭﻟﻠﺩّﻨﻴﺎ‬ ‫ﷲ‬ ‫ﻥ ﻫﺎ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻗﻭﻤﹰﺎ ﻴﻌﺒﺩﻭﻥ ﺸﺠﺭ ﹰﺓ ﻤﻥ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﷲ ﺩﻫﺭﹰﺍ ﻁﻭﻴﻼﹰ‪ ،‬ﻓﺠﺎﺀﻩ ﻗﻭ ٌﻡ ﻓﻘﺎﻟﻭﺍ‪ :‬ﺇ ّ‬ ‫ﻥ ﻋﺎﺒﺩﹰﺍ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻴﻌﺒ ُﺩ ﺍ َ‬ ‫ﻴُﺤﻜﻰ ﺃ ّ‬ ‫ﺴ ُﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺎﺘﻘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﹶﻗﺼَﺩَ ﺍﻟﺸﹼﺠﺭ ﹶﺓ ﻟﻴﻘﻁﹶﻌَﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﺴﺘﻘﺒﹶﻠ ُﻪ ﺇﺒﻠﻴﺱ ﻓﻲ ﺼﻭﺭﺓ ﺸﻴﺦ‬ ‫ﺘﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓﻐﻀﺏ ﻟﺫﻟﻙ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺨﺫ ﻓﺄ َ‬ ‫ﻙ ﺍﷲ؟‬ ‫ﻓﻘﺎل‪ :‬ﺃﻴﻥ ﺘﺭﻴ ُﺩ ﺭﺤ َﻤ َ‬ ‫ﻗﺎل‪ :‬ﺃﺭﻴﺩ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻗﻁﻊ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﹼﺠﺭﺓ‪.‬‬

‫ﺕ ﻟِ ﹶﻐ ْﻴﺭﹺ ﺫﻟﻙ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻙ ﻭﺘﻔﺭّﻋ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺕ ﻋﺒﺎﺩَ ﹶﺘﻙَ ﻭﺍﺸﺘﻐﺎﹶﻟﻙَ ﺒﻨﻔﺴ َ‬ ‫ﺕ ﻭﺫﺍﻙ؟ ﺘﺭﻜ ﹶ‬ ‫ﻗﺎل‪ :‬ﻭﻤﺎ ﺃﻨ ﹶ‬ ‫ﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﻤﻥ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺘﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﻘﺎل‪ :‬ﺇ ّ‬

‫‪٣٢‬‬


‫ﺤ ُﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﹶﻗﻌَﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺼﺩﺭﻩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻙ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻘﻁﻌَﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺎﺘﻠﹶﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺨ ﹶﺫ ُﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺒ ُﺩ ﻓﻁﺭ َ‬ ‫ﻗﺎل‪ :‬ﻓﺈﻨﹼﻲ ﻻ ﺃﺘﺭ ﹸﻜ َ‬ ‫ﻙ ﻫﺫﺍ ﻭﻟﻡ‬ ‫ﻁ ﻋﻨ َ‬ ‫ﷲ ﻗﺩ ﺃﺴﻘ ﹶ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺍ َ‬ ‫ﻁِﻠﻘﹾﻨﻲ ﺤﺘﻰ ُﺃ ﹶﻜﱢﻠﻤَﻙ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻡ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎل ﻟ ُﻪ ﺇﺒﻠﻴﺱ‪ :‬ﻴﺎ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺇ ﱠ‬ ‫ﻓﻘﺎل ﻟﻪ ﺇﺒﻠﻴﺱ‪َ :‬ﺃ ﹾ‬ ‫ﷲ ﺘﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺃﻨﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻗﺎﻟﻴ ﹺﻡ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻭ ﺸﺎ َﺀ ﹶﻟﺒَﻌَ ﹶﺜ ُﻬ ْﻡ‬ ‫ﻥ ﻏﻴﺭﹺﻙ ﻭ ِ‬ ‫ﻙﻤْ‬ ‫ﻀ ُﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻙ‪ ،‬ﻭﻤﺎ ﹶﺘ ْﻌ ُﺒﺩُﻫﺎ ﺃﻨﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻤﺎ ﻋﻠﻴ َ‬ ‫ﻴﻔﺭ ْ‬ ‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻫﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻤﺭﻫﻡ ﺒﻘﻁﻌﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﺼ َﺭﻋَﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﹶﻗﻌَﺩَ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺼﺩﺭﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﺠﺯ ﺇﺒﻠﻴﺱ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﻘﺎل ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺒﺩ‪ :‬ﻻ ُﺒﺩﱠ ﻟﻲ ﻤﻥ ﻗﻁﻌِﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﻨﺎﺒﺫﹶﻩ ﻟﻠﻘﺘﺎل‪ .‬ﻓﻐﻠﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺒ ُﺩ ﻭ َ‬

‫ﺼلﹴ ﺒﻴﻨﻲ ﻭﺒﻴﻨﻙ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻭ ﺨﻴ ٌﺭ ﻟﻙ ﻭﺃﻨﻔﻊ؟‬ ‫ﻓﻘﺎل ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﻫل ﹶﻟﻙَ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻤ ﹴﺭ ﹶﻓ ْ‬ ‫ﻗﺎل ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺒﺩ‪ :‬ﻭﻤﺎ ﻫﻭ؟‬ ‫ﺱ‬ ‫ﺕ ﹸﻜلﱡ ﺍﻟﻨﹼﺎ ﹺ‬ ‫ﻲﺀَ ﻟﻙ‪ ،‬ﺇﻨﹼﻤﺎ ﺃﻨ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺸ ْ‬ ‫ل ﻓﻘﻴﺭ ﻻ ﹶ‬ ‫ﻁِﻠﻘﹾﻨﻲ ﺤﺘﻰ ﺃﻗﻭل ﻟﻙ‪ .‬ﻓﺄﻁﻠﻘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎل ﺇﺒﻠﻴﺱ‪ :‬ﺃﻨﺕ ﺭﺠ ٌ‬ ‫ﻗﺎل‪َ :‬ﺃ ﹾ‬ ‫ﻲ ﺠﻴﺭﺍﻨﹶﻙ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﺸﺒ َﻊ ﻭﺘﺴﺘﻐﻨﻲَ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﹼﺎﺱ‪.‬‬ ‫ل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺨﻭﺍﻨِﻙ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﹸﻭﺍﺴ َ‬ ‫ﻀَ‬ ‫ﺏ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺘﻔ ّ‬ ‫ﻙ ﺘﺤ ﱡ‬ ‫ﻴﻌﻭﻟﻭﻨﹶﻙ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻌﹼﻠ َ‬ ‫ﻗﺎل‪ :‬ﻨﻌﻡ‪.‬‬

‫ﺕ ﺃﺨﺫﺘﹶﻬﻤﺎ‬ ‫ل ﻟﻴﻠ ٍﺔ ﺩﻴﻨﺎﺭﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺼﺒﺤ ﹶ‬ ‫ل ﻋﻨﺩ ﺭﺃﺴﻙ ﻓﻲ ﻜ ﱢ‬ ‫ﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺠﻌ َ‬ ‫ﻙ ﻋﻠ ّ‬ ‫ﻗﺎل‪ :‬ﻓﺎﺭﺠ ْﻊ ﻋﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻷﻤﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟ َ‬ ‫ﻥ ﻗﻁ ﹺﻊ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﹼﺠﺭ ِﺓ‬ ‫ﻥ ِﻤ ْ‬ ‫ﻙ ﻭﻟﻠﻤﺴﻠﻤﻴ َ‬ ‫ﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺨﻭﺍﻨﻙ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺃﻨﻔ َﻊ ﻟ َ‬ ‫ﻙ ﻭﻋﻴﺎﻟِﻙ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﺼﺩّﻗ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺴَ‬ ‫ﻓﺄﻨﻔﻘﺕﹶ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻨﻔ ِ‬ ‫ﻥ ﻗﻁﻌُﻙ ﺇﻴﺎﻫﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ُﻴ ﹾﻐﺭَﺱ ﻤﻜﺎﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻴَﻀﺭّﻫﻡ ﻗﻁﻌُﻬﺎ ﺸﻴﺌﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻴﻨﻔﻊ ﺇﺨﻭﺍﻨﹶﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴ َ‬ ‫ﻥ‬ ‫ﷲ ﺃْ‬ ‫ﻲ ﻓﻴﻠﺯﻤﻨﻲ ﻗﻁ ُﻊ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﹼﺠﺭﺓ ﻭﻻ ﺃﻤﺭﻨﻲ ﺍ ُ‬ ‫ﺕ ﺒﻨﺒ ﱟ‬ ‫ﻕ ﺍﻟﺸﹼﻴﺦ‪ ،‬ﻟﺴ ﹸ‬ ‫ﻓﺘﻔﻜﹼﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺒﺩ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻗﺎل‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎل‪ :‬ﺼَﺩَ ﹶ‬ ‫ﻑ ﻟﻪ‪ .‬ﻓﺭﺠ َﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺒ ُﺩ‬ ‫ﺃﻗﻁﻌَﻬﺎ ﻓﺄﻜﻭﻥ ﻋﺎﺼﻴﹰﺎ ﺒﺘﺭﻜﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻤﺎ ﹶﺫ ﹶﻜﺭَ ُﻩ ﺃﻜﺜ ُﺭ ﻤﻨﻔﻌﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻌﺎﻫﺩﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﻓﺎ ِﺀ ﺒﺫﻟﻙ‪ ،‬ﻭﺤَﹶﻠ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺙ ﻭﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﺢ ﺍﻟﻴﻭ َﻡ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺢ ﺭﺃﻯ ﺩﻴﻨﺎﺭﻴﻥ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺭﺃﺴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺨﺫﻫﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻜﺫﻟﻙ ﺍﻟﻐﺩ‪ ،‬ﺜ ّﻡ ﺃﺼﺒ َ‬ ‫ﺇﻟﻰ ُﻤ ﹶﺘﻌَﺒﱠﺩِﻩِ ﻓﺒﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤّﺎ ﺃﺼﺒ َ‬ ‫ﺦ ﻓﻘﺎل ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻴﻥ؟‬ ‫ﺴ ُﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺎ ِﺘﻘِﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺴﺘﻘﺒﹶﻠ ُﻪ ﺇﺒﻠﻴﺱ ﻓﻲ ﺼﻭﺭ ِﺓ ﺸﻴ ﹴ‬ ‫ﺏ ﻭﺃﺨ ﹶﺫ ﻓﺄ َ‬ ‫ﺒﻌﺩَﻩ ﻓﻠﻡ َﻴ َﺭ ﺸﻴﺌﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻓﻐﻀ َ‬ ‫ﻗﺎل‪ :‬ﺃﻗﻁﻊ ﺘﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﺸﹼﺠﺭﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫ل ﻤﺭّﺓ‪،‬‬ ‫ل ﺒﻪ ﻜﻤﺎ ﻓﻌل ﺃ ّﻭ َ‬ ‫ﻙ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﻨﺎﻭﹶﻟ ُﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺒ ُﺩ ﻟﻴﻔﻌ َ‬ ‫لﻟَ‬ ‫ﺕ ﺒﻘﺎﺩ ﹴﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻙ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺴﺒﻴ َ‬ ‫ﺕ ﻭﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻤﺎ ﺃﻨ ﹶ‬ ‫ﻓﻘﺎل‪ :‬ﻜﺫﺒ ﹶ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺭﺠﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﹶﻗﻌَﺩَ ﺇﺒﻠﻴﺱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺼﺩ ﹺﺭ ِﻩ ﻭﻗﺎل‪:‬‬ ‫ﻓﻘﺎل‪ :‬ﻫﻴﻬﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺨ ﹶﺫ ُﻩ ﺇﺒﻠﻴﺱ ﻭﺼَﺭَﻋﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻫﻭ ﻜﺎﻟﻌﺼﻔﻭ ﹺﺭ ﺒﻴ َ‬ ‫ﻙ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺤ ﱠﻨ َ‬ ‫ﻷ ﹾﺫ َﺒ َ‬ ‫ﻥ ﻋﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻷﻤ ﹺﺭ ﺃﻭ َ‬ ‫ﹶﻟ ﹶﺘ ﹾﻨ ﹶﺘﻬﹺﻴَ ﱠ‬ ‫ﻻ ﻭﻏﻠﺒﺘﹶﻨﻲ‬ ‫ﻑ ﻏﻠﺒﺘﹸﻙَ ﺃ ّﻭ ﹰ‬ ‫ﺨ ﹺﺒﺭْﻨﻲ ﻜﻴ ﹶ‬ ‫ل ﻋﻨﹼﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭَﺃ ﹾ‬ ‫ﻏﹶﻠ ْﺒﺘﹶﻨﻲ ﻓﹶﺨ ﱢ‬ ‫ﻓﻨﻅﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺒﺩ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻻ ﻁﺎﻗ ﹶﺔ ﹶﻟ ُﻪ ﺒﹺﻪ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎل‪ :‬ﻴﺎ ﻫﺫﺍ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺍﻵﻥ؟‬ ‫ﻙ‬ ‫ﺴ َ‬ ‫ﺕ ﻟﻨﻔ ِ‬ ‫ﷲ ﻟﹶﻙ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺭّﺓ ﻏﻀﺒ ﹶ‬ ‫ﻙ ﺍﻵﺨﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﺨﹼﺭﻨﻲ ﺍ ُ‬ ‫ﺕ ﻨ ّﻴ ﹸﺘ َ‬ ‫ل ﻤ ّﺭ ٍﺓ ﷲِ‪ ،‬ﻭﻜﺎﻨ ﹾ‬ ‫ﺕ ﺃ ّﻭ َ‬ ‫ﻙ ﻏﻀﺒ ﹶ‬ ‫ﻓﻘﺎل‪ :‬ﻷ ﹼﻨ َ‬

‫ﻭﻟﻠﺩّﻨﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺼﺭﻋﺘﹸﻙ‪.‬‬

‫ﻋﻥ "ﺇﺤﻴﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺩّﻴﻥ" ﻟﻠﻐﺯﺍﻟﻲ‬

‫ﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺩﺍ!!‬

‫‪٣٣‬‬


‫ﻥ ﺃ َﻤ َﺭ ُﻫ ْﻡ ﺩﻴﻨﹸﻬﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﺠﻬﺎﺩ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻴﻔﺘﺤﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭ َﻴﻬْﺩﻭﺍ ﺍﻟ َﺒﺸﹶﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺩﻴﻨﻬﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻌﺩﻭﺍ ﺤﺘﻰ ﹶﻓ ﹶﺘﺢَ ﺍﻟﻌﺩ ﱡﻭ ﺒﻼﺩَﻫﻡ‪،‬‬ ‫"ﻴﺎ ّﻤ ْ‬ ‫ﻭ ﹶﻓ ﹶﺘ ﹶﻨ ُﻬ ْﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺩﻴﻨﻬﻡ!‬ ‫ﺤﻜِﻤﻭﺍ ﻫﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﺒﺎﻁل ﻓﻲ ﺩﻴﺎﺭﻫﻡ ﻭﺃﻭﻁﺎﻨﻬﻡ!‬ ‫ﻕ ﺃﻗﻁﺎ َﺭ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﻭ ُ‬ ‫ﺤﹼ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺤَ ﹶﻜﻡَ ﺃﺠﺩﺍ ُﺩ ُﻫ ْﻡ ﺒﺎﻟ َ‬ ‫ﻴﺎ َﻤ ْ‬ ‫ﺱ ﺼﻐﻴﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﹶﺫﺍﺌِﺫِ ﺤﻴﺎ ٍﺓ‬ ‫ﻉ ﻨﻔﻭ ﹴ‬ ‫ﻥ ﻟﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﹼﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺒﺎﻋﻭﺍ ﻫﻡ ﺍﻟﺠ ﹼﻨ ﹶﺔ ﺒﺄﻁﻤﺎ ﹺ‬ ‫ﷲ ﺒﺄ ّ‬ ‫ﻉ ﺃﺠﺩﺍﺩُﻫﻡ ﻨﻔﻭﺴَﻬﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺒﺎ َ‬ ‫ﻴﺎ َﻤ ْ‬

‫ﺫﹶﻟِﻴﻠﹶﺔ!"‬

‫ﻴﺎ ﺃﻴّﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﹼﺎﺱ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻥ ﺍﻟﻌ ّﺯ ﹶﺓ ﻟﻠﻤﺸﺭﻙ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺩ‬ ‫ﺼ ْﺭ ﹸﻜﻡْ‪ ،‬ﻭﺤﺴﺒﺘﻡ ﺃ ّ‬ ‫ﷲ ﻓﻠﻡ َﻴ ﹾﻨ ُ‬ ‫ﺼﺭﹺ ﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﻋ ﱠﺯﺘﹶﻜﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻌﺩﺘﹸﻡ ﻋﻥ ﹶﻨ ْ‬ ‫ﻤﺎ ﹶﻟ ﹸﻜ ْﻡ ﻨﺴﻴﺘﹸﻡ ﺩﻴﻨﹶﻜﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﺭﻜﺘﻡ ِ‬ ‫ﷲ ﻭﻟِﺭﺴﻭِﻟ ِﻪ ﻭِﻟ ﹾﻠ ُﻤﺅْﻤﻨﻴﻥ؟‬ ‫ﷲ ﺍﻟﻌِ ّﺯ ﹶﺓ ِ‬ ‫لﺍ ُ‬ ‫ﺠﻌ َ‬ ‫ﷲ ﻭﻋﺩﻭّﻜﻡ‪ ،‬ﻴﺨﻁﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺭﻀﻜﻡ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺴﻘﺎﻫﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﺩّﻤﺎﺀ‬ ‫ﺤ ﹸﻜﻡْ‪ ،‬ﺃﻤﺎ ﻴُﺅﻟﻤﻜﻡ ﻭﻴْﺸﺠﻲ ﻨﻔﻭﺴَﻜﻡ ﻤَﺭْﺃﻯ ﻋﺩ ﱢﻭ ﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﻴﺎ ﻭ ْﻴ َ‬ ‫ﺁﺒﺎﺅُﻜﻡ‪ُ ،‬ﻴ ِﺫﱡﻟﻜﹸﻡ ﻭﻴَ ﹶﺘﻌَ ﱠﺒ ُﺩﻜﹸﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻨﺘﻡ ﻜﻨﺘﻡ ﺴﺎﺩ ﹶﺓ ﺍﻟﺩّﻨﻴﺎ؟‬ ‫ﺨﺴْﻑ؟!‬ ‫ﻥ ﺍﻟ ﹶ‬ ‫ﻁ ﹺﺒ ﹺﻬ ُﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﻭﱡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺴﺎﻤَﻬﻡ ﺃﻟﻭﺍ َ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺇﺨﻭﺍﻨﹰﺎ ﻟﻜﻡ‪ ،‬ﻗﺩ ﺃﺤﺎ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺃﻤﺎ َﻴ ُﻬﺯﱡ ﻗﻠﻭﺒَﻜﻡ ﻭﻴﻨﻤﻲ ﺤﻤﺎﺴﺘﹶﻜﻡ‪ ،‬ﺃ ّ‬ ‫ﺃﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒَﹶﻠﺩِ ﻋﺭﺒﻲّ؟ ﺃﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻠ ِﺩ ﻤﺴﻠﻡ؟ ﺃﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺩ ﺇﻨﺴﺎﻥ؟‬ ‫ﺤ ُﻡ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻥ َﻴ ْﺭ َ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻡ! ﻭﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎ ُ‬ ‫ﺼ ُﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻲّ! ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠ ُﻡ ﻴُﻌﻴ ُ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻲﱡ َﻴ ﹾﻨ ُ‬ ‫ﻥ ﻋﺭﺒ ّﻴﹰﺎ ﻭﻻ ُﻤﺴْﻠﻤﹰﺎ ﻭﻻ ﺇﻨﺴﺎﻨﺎ!‪..‬‬ ‫ﺼ َﺭ ِﺓ ِﻓﻠِﺴﻁﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻴﻜﻭ ُ‬ ‫ﻥ ﹶﻟ ْﻡ َﻴ ُﻬﺏﱠ ِﻟ ﹸﻨ ْ‬ ‫ﹶﻓ َﻤ ْ‬

‫ﺠﻤْﺭ؟‬ ‫ﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﹼﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﻨﺎﻤﻭﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍ ﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺒﺎﻟﹼﻠﻬَﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﺨﻭﻀﻭ َ‬ ‫ﺴ ْﺭ َﺒﻠﹸﻭ َ‬ ‫ﻥ ﻭﺘﺸﺭﺒﻭﻥ ﻭﺘﻨﻌﻤﻭﻥ ﻭﺇﺨﻭﺍﻨﹸﻜﻡ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ َﻴ ﹶﺘ َ‬ ‫ﺃﻓﺘﺄﻜﻠﻭ َ‬ ‫ﺏ ﺍﻟﺴّﻤﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻟﻡ ﺘﻜﻭﻨﻭﺍ‬ ‫ﺕ ﺃﺒﻭﺍ ُ‬ ‫ﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺭﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻨﺎﺩﻯ ﻤُﻨﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﹶﺘ ﹶﻔ ﱠﺘﺤَ ﹾ‬ ‫ﺕ ﺭَﺤ َ‬ ‫ﻴﺎ ﺃﻴّﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﹼﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﺇﻨﹼﻬﺎ ﻗﺩ ﺩﺍﺭ ﹾ‬ ‫ﻕ ﻟﻠﻨﹼﺴﺎﺀ ُﻴ ِﺩﺭْﻥ ﺭَﺤﺎﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺫﻫﺒﻭﺍ ﻓﺨﺫﻭﺍ ﺍ ﹾﻟ َﻤﺠَﺎ ِﻤ َﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﺤِل! ﻴﺎ ﻨﺴﺎ ًﺀ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺭﺏ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻓﺴﺤﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻴ ﹶ‬ ‫ﻤﻥ ﹸﻓﺭْﺴﺎ ﹺ‬ ‫َﺒ َﻌﻤَﺎ ِﺌ َﻡ ﻭﻟِﺤﻰ!‬ ‫ل ﺭﺠﻭﹶﻟ ﹶﺘ ُﻬ ْﻡ‪"..‬‬ ‫ﺼﺩﱠﻋﻲ ﻴﺎ ﹸﻗ ﱠﺒ ﹶﺔ ﺍﻟ ﱠﻨﺴْﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻤﻴﺩﻱ ﻴﺎ ﻋﻤﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺠﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻨﻘﹶﻀﱢﻲ ﻴﺎ ﺭُﺠﻭﻡُ‪ ،‬ﻟﻘﺩ ﺃﻀﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺭّﺠﺎ ُ‬ ‫" ﹶﺘ َ‬

‫ﻤﻥ ﻗﺼّﺔ "ﺭﺠل ﻭﺍﻤﺭﺃﺓ" ﻓﻲ ﻜﺘﺎﺏ "ﻗﺼﺹ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﹼﺎﺭﻴﺦ" ﻟﻌﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻁﹼﻨﻁﺎﻭﻱ‬

‫ــــــــــــــــــــ‬ ‫ﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﻴﻎ‪ ..‬ﻓﻬﺫﺍ ﻫﻭ ﺃَﻭﱠ ُل ﻤﺎ ﺨﻁﺭ‬ ‫ﻲ ﻟﻬﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒ ّ‬ ‫ﻥ ﻤﻥ ﻋﻨﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻤﻥ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻟﺩ ﺍﻟﺠﻠﻴل‪ ،‬ﻭ َﻤ ْﻌ ِﺫ َﺭ ﹰﺓ ﻤﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺎ ّﻤ ّ‬ ‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻌُﻨﻭﺍ ُ‬

‫ﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺍ ﹾﻟﺨﹾﻤﻭ ِﺩ ﻭﺍ ﹾﻟﺠُﻤﻭ ِﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﻼﹼﻤُﺒﺎﻻﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻭ َ‬ ‫ﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﻤﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺭ ُ‬ ‫ﻙ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃُ ْﺒﺼِ ُﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺫﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﺤﺭﱢ ُ‬ ‫ﺒﺒﺎﻟﻲ ﻭﺃﻨﺎ ﺃﻗﺭُﺃ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ُﻴ َ‬

‫ﺼ ِﺘ ِﻪ‬ ‫ﻱ" ﻓﻲ ﺩﻤﺸﻕ ﻓﻲ ِﻗ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺏ "ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻤﻊ ﺍﻷ َﻤ ﹺﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﻱ" ﺨﻁﻴ َ‬ ‫ﺠﻭْﺯ ّ‬ ‫ﻁ ﺒﻥ ﺍﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺥ‪" :‬ﺴِ ْﺒ ﹶ‬ ‫ﻕ ﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟ َﻡ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻋﻅﹶ ﺍﻟﻤﺅ ّﺭ ﹶ‬ ‫ﻁ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺏ ﺃﺒﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﻼ َﻡ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ َﺃ ﹾﻨ ﹶ‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺩ ﻜﺘ َ‬ ‫ﺏ ﺃﺒﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻗﺒل ﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺭﺒﻊ ﻗﺭﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻤﺎ ﺘﺯﺍل ﺤﺎ ُل‬ ‫ﺕ ﺃﺤﺩﺍﺜﹸﻬﺎ ﺴﻨﺔ ‪٦٠٧‬ﻫ ﺃﺜﻨﺎ َﺀ ﺍﻟﺤﺭﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺼّﻠﻴﺒﻴّﺔ‪ ..‬ﻜﺘ َ‬ ‫"ﺭﺠل ﻭﺍﻤﺭﺃﺓ" ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺠﺭ ﹾ‬ ‫ﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻬﻼﻙ؟!‬ ‫ﺕ ﻭﺍ ﺃﺴﻔﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻟﻰ ﻤﺘﻰ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻤﺘﻰ ﺘﺴﺘﻤ ﱡﺭ ﺒﻬﻡ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎل؟! ﻭﻫل ﺍﺭﺘﻀﻭْﺍ ﻷﻨﻔﺴﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺠ َﺯ ﻭﺍﻟﻬﻭﺍ َ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻴﻥ ﻜﻤﺎ ﻜﺎﻨ ﹾ‬ ‫ﺏ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﺭ؟!‬ ‫ﺸ ﹺﻊ ﺍﻟﺭّﻫﻴ ﹺ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﺴﺘﺴﻠﻤﻭﺍ ﻨِﻬﺎﺌ ّﻴﹰﺎ ﻟﻬﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻴ ﹺﺭ ﺍﻟ َﺒ ِ‬ ‫ﺨ ْﺭﺩَلﹴ ﻤﻥ ﺇﻴﻤﺎﻥ!‬ ‫ﺤ ﱠﺒ ٍﺔ ﻤﻥ ﹶ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺴﺘﻤ ّﺭ ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻭﺏ ِﻤﺜﹾﻘﺎ ُل َ‬ ‫ﷲ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻜﻭ َ‬ ‫ﻤﻌﺎ ﹶﺫ ﺍ ِ‬

‫‪٣٤‬‬


Turn static files into dynamic content formats.

Create a flipbook
Issuu converts static files into: digital portfolios, online yearbooks, online catalogs, digital photo albums and more. Sign up and create your flipbook.